WO2023132370A1 - Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit - Google Patents
Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023132370A1 WO2023132370A1 PCT/JP2023/000226 JP2023000226W WO2023132370A1 WO 2023132370 A1 WO2023132370 A1 WO 2023132370A1 JP 2023000226 W JP2023000226 W JP 2023000226W WO 2023132370 A1 WO2023132370 A1 WO 2023132370A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- rrc
- message
- terminal device
- scg
- mac
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 57
- 108091005487 SCARB1 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 102100037118 Scavenger receptor class B member 1 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims description 115
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 89
- 101100150275 Caenorhabditis elegans srb-3 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 115
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 72
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 13
- 101001055444 Homo sapiens Mediator of RNA polymerase II transcription subunit 20 Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102100026165 Mediator of RNA polymerase II transcription subunit 20 Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 101000652482 Homo sapiens TBC1 domain family member 8 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100030302 TBC1 domain family member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005059 dormancy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009482 thermal adhesion granulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001956 EPC Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101150071746 Pbsn gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004378 air conditioning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008094 contradictory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000013524 data verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007958 sleep Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0457—Variable allocation of band or rate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/10—Connection setup
- H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/10—Connection setup
- H04W76/19—Connection re-establishment
Definitions
- the present invention relates to terminal devices, methods and integrated circuits. This application claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-1447 filed in Japan on January 7, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein.
- 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
- E-UTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
- RAT radio access technology
- 3GPP 3GPP is still conducting technical studies and establishing standards for extension technologies for E-UTRA.
- E-UTRA is also called Long Term Evolution (LTE: registered trademark), and extended technologies are sometimes called LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) and LTE-Advanced Pro (LTE-A Pro).
- NR New Radio or NR Radio access
- RAT Radio Access Technology
- Non-Patent Document 7 is a draft revision of the specification regarding cell group activation. However, the decision considering the conditional reconfiguration is not reflected when applying the RRC reconfiguration message, and the terminal device cannot perform an efficient cell change.
- One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the circumstances described above, and one of the objects thereof is to provide a terminal device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit capable of efficiently performing communication control.
- one aspect of the present invention takes the following measures. That is, one aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, a receiving unit that receives an RRC reset message and/or RRC signaling that includes the RRC reset message, and a processing unit that performs settings based on the RRC reset message and the processing unit determines that the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and was included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery. If not, and the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
- SRB3 signaling radio bearer 3
- MCG master cell group
- one aspect of the present invention is a method applied to a terminal device, comprising: receiving an RRC reconfiguration message and/or RRC signaling including the RRC reconfiguration message; wherein the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and was not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery; If the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
- SRB3 signaling radio bearer 3
- MCG master cell group
- one aspect of the present invention is an integrated circuit implemented in a terminal device, a function of receiving an RRC reset message and / or RRC signaling containing the RRC reset message, and based on the RRC reset message
- the RRC reconfiguration message is received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery. and the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
- the terminal device, method, and integrated circuit can realize efficient communication control processing.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to the embodiment;
- FIG. FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example of the E-UTRA protocol configuration according to the present embodiment;
- FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example of the NR protocol configuration according to this embodiment; The figure which shows an example of the flow of the procedure for various settings in RRC which concerns on this embodiment.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a terminal device according to the embodiment;
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station apparatus according to this embodiment;
- 1 is an example of ASN.1 description included in a message regarding reconfiguration of RRC connection in NR in this embodiment.
- 1 is an example of ASN.1 description included in a message regarding reconfiguration of RRC connection in E-UTRA in this embodiment.
- An example of processing related to conditional resetting in the embodiment An example of processing related to RRC resetting in the present embodiment.
- LTE (and LTE-A, LTE-A Pro) and NR may be defined as different Radio Access Technologies (RAT).
- RAT Radio Access Technologies
- NR may also be defined as a technology included in LTE.
- LTE may also be defined as a technology included in NR.
- LTE that can be connected by NR and Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity (MR-DC) may be distinguished from conventional LTE.
- MR-DC Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity
- LTE using 5GC for a core network Core Network: CN
- CN Core Network
- EPC EPC for a core network.
- conventional LTE may be LTE that does not implement the technology standardized after Release 15 of 3GPP. This embodiment may be applied to NR, LTE and other RATs.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- NR Long Term Evolution
- E-UTRA in this embodiment may be replaced with the term LTE
- LTE may be replaced with the term E-UTRA.
- each node and entity the processing in each node and entity, etc. when the radio access technology is E-UTRA or NR will be described, but this embodiment is applicable to other radio access technologies. may be used.
- the name of each node or entity in this embodiment may be another name.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to this embodiment. Note that the functions of each node, radio access technology, core network, interface, etc. described using FIG. 1 are part of the functions closely related to the present embodiment, and may have other functions.
- E-UTRA100 may be a radio access technology.
- E-UTRA 100 may also be the air interface between UE 122 and eNB 102 .
- the air interface between UE 122 and eNB 102 may be called the Uu interface.
- the eNB (E-UTRAN Node B) 102 may be a base station device of the E-UTRA 100.
- the eNB 102 may have the E-UTRA protocol described below.
- the E-UTRA protocol may consist of an E-UTRA user plane (User Plane: UP) protocol described later and an E-UTRA control plane (Control Plane: CP) protocol described later.
- eNB 102 may terminate E-UTRA User Plane (UP) and E-UTRA Control Plane (CP) protocols to UE 122 .
- a radio access network composed of eNBs may be called E-UTRAN.
- the EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 104 may be a core network.
- Interface 112 is the interface between eNB 102 and EPC 104 and may be referred to as the S1 interface.
- Interface 112 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes.
- the control plane interface of interface 112 may terminate at a Mobility Management Entity (MME; not shown) within EPC 104 .
- MME Mobility Management Entity
- S-GW serving gateway
- the control plane interface of interface 112 may be called the S1-MME interface.
- the user plane interface of interface 112 may be called the S1-U interface.
- one or more eNBs 102 may be connected to the EPC 104 via the interface 112. Interfaces may exist between multiple eNBs 102 that connect to the EPC 104 (not shown). An interface between multiple eNBs 102 connected to an EPC 104 may be called an X2 interface.
- NR106 may be a radio access technology.
- NR 106 may also be the air interface between UE 122 and gNB 108 .
- the air interface between UE 122 and gNB 108 may be called the Uu interface.
- a gNB (g Node B) 108 may be a base station device of NR 106 .
- gNB 108 may have the NR protocol described below.
- the NR protocol may consist of an NR User Plane (UP) protocol, which will be described later, and an NR Control Plane (CP) protocol, which will be described later.
- gNB 108 may terminate NR User Plane (UP) and NR Control Plane (CP) protocols to UE 122 .
- UP NR User Plane
- CP NR Control Plane
- Interface 116 is the interface between gNB 108 and 5GC 110 and may be referred to as the NG interface.
- Interface 116 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes.
- the control plane interface of interface 116 may terminate at the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF: not shown) within 5GC 110 .
- the user plane interface of interface 116 may terminate at a User Plane Function (UPF: not shown) within 5GC 110 .
- the control plane interface of interface 116 may be referred to as the NG-C interface.
- the user plane interface of interface 116 may be called the NG-U interface.
- one or more gNBs 108 may be connected to the 5GC 110 via the interface 116. There may be interfaces between gNBs 108 that connect to the 5GC 110 (not shown). An interface between multiple gNBs 108 connected to a 5GC 110 may be called an Xn interface.
- the eNB102 may have the function of connecting to the 5GC110.
- the eNB 102 with the function of connecting to the 5GC 110 may be called ng-eNB.
- Interface 114 is the interface between eNB 102 and 5GC 110 and may be called the NG interface.
- Interface 114 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes.
- the control plane interface of interface 114 may terminate at the AMF in 5GC 110 .
- the user plane interface of interface 114 may terminate at UPF in 5GC 110 .
- the control plane interface of interface 114 may be referred to as the NG-C interface.
- the user plane interface of interface 114 may be called the NG-U interface.
- a radio access network composed of ng-eNBs or gNBs may be referred to as NG-RAN.
- NG-RAN, E-UTRAN, etc. may simply be referred to as networks.
- the network may include eNBs, ng-eNBs, gNBs, and the like.
- one or more eNBs 102 may be connected to the 5GC 110 via the interface 114. There may be interfaces between multiple eNBs 102 that connect to the 5GC 110 (not shown). An interface between multiple eNBs 102 connected to a 5GC 110 may be called an Xn interface. Also, eNB 102 connected to 5GC 110 and gNB 108 connected to 5GC 110 may be connected via interface 120 . The interface 120 between the eNB 102 connected to the 5GC 110 and the gNB 108 connected to the 5GC 110 may be referred to as the Xn interface.
- gNB108 may have the ability to connect to EPC104.
- a gNB 108 with the ability to connect to an EPC 104 may be called an en-gNB.
- Interface 118 is the interface between gNB 108 and EPC 104 and may be referred to as the S1 interface.
- Interface 118 may include a user plane interface through which user data passes.
- the user plane interface of interface 118 may terminate at an S-GW (not shown) within EPC 104 .
- the user plane interface of interface 118 may be called the S1-U interface.
- the eNB 102 connected to the EPC 104 and the gNB 108 connected to the EPC 104 may be connected via an interface 120 .
- the interface 120 between the eNB 102 that connects to the EPC 104 and the gNB 108 that connects to the EPC 104 may be referred to as the X2 interface.
- the interface 124 is the interface between the EPC 104 and the 5GC 110, and may be an interface through CP only, UP only, or both CP and UP. Also, some or all of interfaces 114, 116, 118, 120, 124, etc. may not be present depending on the communication system provided by the carrier.
- UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of receiving system information and paging messages transmitted from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108. Also, UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of wireless connection with eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 . Also, the UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of establishing a wireless connection with the eNB 102 and a wireless connection with the gNB 108 at the same time. UE 122 may have an E-UTRA protocol and/or an NR protocol. Note that the wireless connection may be a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- the UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of connecting with the EPC 104 and/or the 5GC 110 via the eNB 102 and/or gNB 108.
- each data radio bearer (DRB: Data Radio Bearer ) may be uniquely associated with each EPS (Evolved Packet System) bearer passing through the EPC 104.
- Each EPS bearer may be identified by an EPS bearer identifier (Identity, or ID).
- the same QoS may be guaranteed for data such as IP packets and Ethernet (registered trademark) frames passing through the same EPS bearer.
- each DRB established between UE122 and eNB102 and/or gNB108 is further established within 5GC110.
- Each DRB may be mapped to one or more QoS flows, or may not be mapped to any QoS flows.
- Each PDU session may be identified by a PDU session identifier (Identity, or ID).
- each QoS flow may be identified by a QoS flow identifier (Identity or ID).
- the same QoS may be guaranteed for data such as IP packets and Ethernet frames passing through the same QoS flow.
- the EPC 104 may not have PDU sessions and/or QoS flows. Also, 5GC110 does not need to have an EPS bearer. When UE 122 is connected with EPC 104, UE 122 has information of EPS bearers, but may not have information within PDU sessions and/or QoS flows. Also, when the UE 122 is connected to the 5GC 110, the UE 122 may have information in PDU sessions and/or QoS flows, but not EPS bearer information.
- eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 are also simply referred to as base station apparatuses, and UE 122 is simply referred to as terminal apparatus or UE.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example of the E-UTRA protocol architecture according to this embodiment.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram of an example of the NR protocol configuration according to this embodiment. Note that the functions of each protocol described using FIG. 2 and/or FIG. 3 are part of the functions closely related to this embodiment, and may have other functions.
- the uplink (UL) may be a link from a terminal device to a base station device.
- the downlink (DL) may be a link from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus.
- FIG. 2(A) is a diagram of the E-UTRA User Plane (UP) protocol stack.
- the E-UTRAN UP protocol may be the protocol between UE 122 and eNB 102, as shown in FIG. 2(A). That is, the E-UTRANUP protocol may be a protocol that terminates at the eNB 102 on the network side.
- the E-UTRA user plane protocol stack consists of a PHY (Physical layer) 200 that is a radio physical layer (radio physical layer), a MAC (Medium) that is a medium access control layer (medium access control layer). Access Control) 202, RLC (Radio Link Control) 204 as a radio link control layer (radio link control layer), and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) 206 as a packet data convergence protocol layer.
- PHY Physical layer
- MAC Medium access control layer
- Access Control 202
- RLC Radio Link Control
- PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- 206 Packet
- FIG. 3(A) is a diagram of the NR user plane (UP) protocol stack.
- the NRUP protocol may be the protocol between UE 122 and gNB 108, as shown in FIG. 3(A). That is, the NR UP protocol may be a protocol that terminates at the gNB 108 on the network side.
- the E-UTRA user plane protocol stack consists of PHY 300, which is a radio physical layer, MAC 302, which is a medium access control layer, RLC 304, which is a radio link control layer, and PDCP 306, which is a packet data convergence protocol layer.
- SDAP Service Data Adaptation Protocol
- FIG. 2(B) is a diagram of the E-UTRA control plane (CP) protocol configuration.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- NAS Non Access Stratum
- NAS Non Access Stratum
- non-AS Access Stratum
- Fig. 3(B) is a diagram of the NR control plane (CP) protocol configuration.
- RRC 308 which is a radio resource control layer, may be a protocol between UE 122 and gNB 108. That is, RRC 308 may be a protocol that terminates at gNB 108 on the network side.
- the non-AS layer NAS 312 may be the protocol between the UE 122 and AMF. That is, the NAS 312 may be a protocol that terminates with AMF on the network side.
- the AS (Access Stratum) layer may be a layer that terminates between UE 122 and eNB 102 and/or gNB 108. That is, the AS layer is a layer including part or all of PHY200, MAC202, RLC204, PDCP206 and RRC208 and/or a layer including part or all of PHY300, MAC302, RLC304, PDCP306, SDAP310 and RRC308. you can
- the E-UTRA protocol and the NR protocol are not distinguished, and PHY (PHY layer), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer) , the term NAS (NAS layer) may be used.
- PHY (PHY layer), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer), and NAS (NAS layer) are the PHY (PHY layer) of the E-UTRA protocol.
- SDAP may be the SDAP (SDAP layer) of the NR protocol.
- PHY 200, MAC 202, RLC 204, PDCP 206, and RRC 208 are respectively defined as E-UTRA PHY or LTE PHY, E-UTRA MAC or They are also called MAC for LTE, RLC for E-UTRA or RLC for LTE, PDCP for E-UTRA or PDCP for LTE, and RRC for E-UTRA or RRC for LTE.
- PHY200, MAC202, RLC204, PDCP206 and RRC208 respectively E-UTRA PHY or LTE PHY, E-UTRA MAC or LTE MAC, E-UTRA RLC or LTE RLC, E-UTRA PDCP or LTE PDCP and E-UTRA It may also be described as RRC or LTE RRC.
- PHY 300, MAC 302, RLC 304, PDCP 306, and RRC 308 are called PHY for NR, MAC for NR, RLC for NR, RLC for NR, and RRC for NR, respectively. There is also a thing.
- PHY 200, MAC 302, RLC 304, PDCP 306, and RRC 308 may also be described as NR PHY, NR MAC, NR RLC, NR PDCP, NR RRC, etc., respectively.
- An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the MAC layer may be called a MAC entity.
- An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the RLC layer may be called an RLC entity.
- An entity that has some or all of the functions of the PDCP layer may be called a PDCP entity.
- An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the SDAP layer may be called an SDAP entity.
- An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the RRC layer may be called an RRC entity.
- the MAC entity, RLC entity, PDCP entity, SDAP entity, and RRC entity may be replaced with MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP, and RRC, respectively.
- the data provided from MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP to the lower layer and/or the data provided from the lower layer to MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP shall be MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit), RLC respectively. You may call them PDUs, PDCP PDUs, and SDAP PDUs.
- MAC SDU Service Data Unit
- RLC SDU Service Data Unit
- RLC SDU RLC SDU for data provided from upper layers to MAC, RLC, PDCP, and SDAP and/or data provided from MAC, RLC, PDCP, and SDAP to upper layers, respectively , PDCP SDU, and SDAP SDU.
- a segmented RLC SDU may also be called an RLC SDU segment.
- the base station device and the terminal device exchange (transmit and receive) signals in a higher layer.
- the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus may transmit and receive RRC messages (also referred to as RRC message, RRC information, and RRC signaling) in the radio resource control (RRC) layer.
- RRC radio resource control
- the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus may transmit and receive MAC control elements in the MAC (Medium Access Control) layer.
- the RRC layer of the terminal device acquires system information broadcast from the base station device.
- RRC messages, system information and/or MAC control elements are also referred to as higher layer signals (higher layer signaling) or higher layer parameters (higher layer parameters).
- Each parameter included in the higher layer signal received by the terminal device may be referred to as a higher layer parameter.
- the upper layer means the upper layer seen from the PHY layer, so it means one or more of the MAC layer, RRC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, NAS (Non Access Stratum) layer, etc. good too.
- higher layers in MAC layer processing may mean one or more of the RRC layer, the RLC layer, the PDCP layer, the NAS layer, and the like.
- the meanings of "A is given (provided) by the upper layer” and "A is given (provided) by the upper layer” refer to the upper layers of the terminal device (mainly the RRC layer and the MAC layer).
- A is received from the base station apparatus, and the received A is provided (provided) from the upper layer of the terminal apparatus to the physical layer of the terminal apparatus.
- "provided with upper layer parameters" in the terminal device means that an upper layer signal is received from the base station device, and the upper layer parameters included in the received upper layer signal are transmitted from the upper layer of the terminal device to the terminal device 1. It may mean provided to the physical layer.
- Setting higher layer parameters in a terminal device may mean giving (providing) higher layer parameters to the terminal device.
- setting upper layer parameters in a terminal device may mean that the terminal device receives an upper layer signal from the base station apparatus and sets the received upper layer parameters in the upper layer.
- the setting of the upper layer parameters in the terminal device may include the setting of default parameters previously given to the upper layer of the terminal device.
- the expression "submitting a message from the RRC entity of the terminal device to the lower layer” may be used.
- "submitting a message to the lower layer” from the RRC entity may mean submitting the message to the PDCP layer.
- "submitting a message from the RRC layer to the lower layer” means that the RRC message is sent using SRB (SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3, etc.), so each SRB It may mean submitting to the corresponding PDCP entity.
- SRB SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3, etc.
- the PHY of the terminal device may have a function of receiving data transmitted from the PHY of the base station device via a downlink (DL) physical channel.
- the PHY of the terminal device may have a function of transmitting data to the PHY of the base station device via an uplink (UL) physical channel.
- a PHY may be connected to a higher-level MAC via a Transport Channel.
- the PHY may pass data to the MAC over transport channels.
- the PHY may also be provided with data from the MAC over the transport channel.
- RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
- Physical channels used for wireless communication between the terminal apparatus and the base station apparatus may include the following physical channels.
- PBCH Physical Broadcast CHannel
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control CHannel
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared CHannel
- PUCCH Physical Uplink Control CHannel
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared CHannel
- PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel
- the PBCH may be used to broadcast system information required by terminal equipment.
- the PBCH may be used to report the time index (SSB-Index) within the period of the synchronization signal block (SSB).
- SSB-Index time index within the period of the synchronization signal block
- the PDCCH may be used to transmit (or carry) downlink control information (DCI) in downlink radio communication (radio communication from the base station device to the terminal device).
- DCI downlink control information
- one or more DCIs (which may also be referred to as DCI formats) may be defined for transmission of downlink control information. That is, a field for downlink control information may be defined as DCI and mapped to information bits.
- a PDCCH may be sent in a PDCCH candidate.
- a terminal may monitor a set of PDCCH candidates in a serving cell. Monitoring a set of PDCCH candidates may mean attempting to decode the PDCCH according to a certain DCI format. Also, the terminal device may use CORESET (Control Resource Set) to monitor the set of PDCCH candidates.
- the DCI format may be used for PUSCH scheduling in the serving cell. PUSCH may be used for transmission of user data, transmission of RRC messages to be described later, and the like.
- the PUCCH may be used to transmit uplink control information (UCI) in uplink radio communication (radio communication from a terminal device to a base station device).
- the uplink control information may include channel state information (CSI: Channel State Information) used to indicate the state of the downlink channel.
- the uplink control information may include a scheduling request (SR: Scheduling Request) used to request UL-SCH (UL-SCH: Uplink Shared CHannel) resources.
- SR Scheduling Request
- UL-SCH Uplink Shared CHannel
- the uplink control information may include HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement).
- the PDSCH may be used to transmit downlink data (DL-SCH: Downlink Shared CHannel) from the MAC layer.
- PDSCH may also be used for transmission of system information (SI: System Information), random access response (RAR: Random Access Response), etc. in the case of downlink.
- SI System Information
- RAR Random Access Response
- PUSCH may be used to transmit HARQ-ACK and/or CSI together with uplink data (UL-SCH: Uplink Shared CHannel) or uplink data from the MAC layer.
- PUSCH may also be used to transmit CSI only, or HARQ-ACK and CSI only. That is, PUSCH may be used to transmit UCI only.
- PDSCH or PUSCH may also be used to transmit RRC signaling (also referred to as RRC messages) and MAC CE.
- RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus may be signaling common to multiple terminal apparatuses within the cell.
- the RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus may be signaling dedicated to a certain terminal apparatus (also referred to as dedicated signaling). That is, terminal device-specific (UE-specific) information may be transmitted using signaling dedicated to a certain terminal device.
- PUSCH may also be used to transmit UE Capability in the uplink.
- the PRACH may be used to transmit random access preambles.
- PRACH is used to indicate initial connection establishment procedures, handover procedures, connection re-establishment procedures, synchronization (timing adjustments) for uplink transmissions, and requests for UL-SCH resources.
- a MAC may be referred to as a MAC sublayer.
- a MAC may have the capability to map various logical channels (Logical Channels) to corresponding transport channels.
- a logical channel may be identified by a logical channel identifier (Logical Channel Identity or Logical Channel ID).
- a MAC may be connected to an upper RLC via a logical channel (logical channel).
- Logical channels may be divided into control channels for transmitting control information and traffic channels for transmitting user information according to the type of information to be transmitted.
- Logical channels may also be divided into uplink logical channels and downlink logical channels.
- the MAC may have the ability to multiplex MAC SDUs belonging to one or more different logical channels and provide them to the PHY.
- the MAC may also have the function of demultiplexing the MAC PDUs provided by the PHY and providing them to upper layers via the logical channel to which each MAC SDU belongs. Also, the MAC may have a function of performing error correction through HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest). The MAC may also have a Scheduling Report (SR) function for reporting scheduling information. The MAC may have a function of performing priority processing between terminal devices using dynamic scheduling. Also, the MAC may have a function of performing priority processing between logical channels within one terminal device. The MAC may have a function of prioritizing overlapping resources within one terminal device.
- the E-UTRA MAC may have the capability to identify MultimediaBroadcast Multicast Services (MBMS).
- MBMS MultimediaBroadcast Multicast Services
- the NR MAC may also have a function of identifying Multicast/Broadcast Service (MBS).
- MMS Multicast/Broadcast Service
- a MAC may have the ability to select a transport format.
- MAC has a function of performing discontinuous reception (DRX) and / or discontinuous transmission (DTX: discontinuous transmission), a function of executing random access (RA) procedure, notifying information of transmittable power, power It may have a headroom report (Power Headroom Report: PHR) function, a buffer status report (BSR) function that notifies the amount of data in the transmission buffer, and so on.
- NR MAC may have a Bandwidth Adaptation (BA) function.
- BA Bandwidth Adaptation
- the MAC PDU format used in E-UTRA MAC and the MAC PDU format used in NR MAC may be different.
- the MAC PDU may also include a MAC control element (MAC control element: MAC CE), which is an element for performing control in MAC.
- uplink Uplink
- DL Downlink
- E-UTRA E-UTRA
- NR NR
- BCCH Broadcast Control Channel
- SI System Information
- a PCCH may be a downlink logical channel for carrying paging messages.
- a CCCH (Common Control Channel) may be a logical channel for transmitting control information between a terminal device and a base station device.
- CCCH may be used when the terminal does not have an RRC connection.
- CCCH may also be used between the base station apparatus and a plurality of terminal apparatuses.
- DCCH Dedicated Control Channel
- DCCH is a logical channel for transmitting dedicated control information in a one-to-one (point-to-point) bi-directional manner between a terminal device and a base station device. It's okay.
- Dedicated control information may be control information dedicated to each terminal device.
- DCCH may be used when a terminal device has an RRC connection.
- a DTCH (Dedicated Traffic Channel) may be a logical channel for transmitting user data on a one-to-one (point-to-point) basis between a terminal device and a base station device.
- a DTCH may be a logical channel for transmitting dedicated user data.
- Dedicated user data may be user data dedicated to each terminal device.
- DTCH may exist in both uplink and downlink.
- CCCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
- UL-SCH Uplink Shared Channel
- the DCCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
- UL-SCH Uplink Shared Channel
- DTCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
- UL-SCH Uplink Shared Channel
- a BCCH may be mapped to a BCH (Broadcast Channel), which is a downlink transport channel, and/or a DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel).
- BCH Broadcast Channel
- DL-SCH Downlink Shared Channel
- PCCH may be mapped to PCH (Paging Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
- PCH Packet Control Channel
- CCCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
- DL-SCH Downlink Shared Channel
- the DCCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
- DL-SCH Downlink Shared Channel
- DTCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
- DL-SCH Downlink Shared Channel
- RLC may be referred to as an RLC sublayer.
- the E-UTRA RLC may have the function of segmenting and/or concatenating data provided from the PDCP of the upper layer and providing it to the lower layer.
- E-UTRA RLC may have the function of reassembling and re-ordering data provided from lower layers and providing it to upper layers.
- the NR RLC may have a function of adding a sequence number independent of the sequence number added by PDCP to the data provided by PDCP of the upper layer.
- the NR RLC may have a function of segmenting data provided from PDCP and providing it to lower layers.
- the NR RLC may have a function of reassembling data provided from lower layers and providing it to upper layers.
- the RLC may also have a data retransmission function and/or a retransmission request function (Automatic Repeat reQuest: ARQ). Also, the RLC may have a function of error correction by ARQ.
- the control information sent from the RLC receiver to the sender for ARQ indicating the data that needs to be retransmitted may be referred to as a status report. Also, a status report transmission instruction sent from the RLC transmitting side to the receiving side can be called a poll.
- the RLC may also have the capability to detect data duplication. RLC may also have a function of discarding data. RLC may have three modes: Transparent Mode (TM), Unacknowledged Mode (UM), and Acknowledged Mode (AM).
- the TM does not divide the data received from the upper layer, and does not need to add an RLC header.
- a TM RLC entity is a uni-directional entity and may be configured as a transmitting TM RLC entity or as a receiving TM RLC entity.
- the UM divides and/or combines the data received from the upper layer, adds an RLC header, etc., but does not need to perform data retransmission control.
- a UM RLC entity may be a unidirectional entity or a bi-directional entity. If the UM RLC entity is a unidirectional entity, the UM RLC entity may be configured as a transmitting UM RLC entity or as a receiving UMRLC entity.
- the UM RRC entity may be configured as a UM RLC entity consisting of a transmitting side and a receiving side.
- the AM may divide and/or combine data received from an upper layer, add an RLC header, control data retransmission, and the like.
- the AM RLC entity is a bi-directional entity and may be configured as an AM RLC consisting of a transmitting side and a receiving side.
- Data provided to lower layers by TM and/or data provided from lower layers may be referred to as TMD PDUs.
- TMD PDUs Data provided by UM to lower layers and/or data provided by lower layers
- UMD PDUs Data provided to the lower layer by AM or data provided from the lower layer
- AMD PDU Data provided to the lower layer by AM or data provided from the lower layer.
- RLC PDU format used in E-UTRA RLC and the RLC PDU format used in NR RLC may differ.
- RLC PDUs may also include RLC PDUs for data and RLC PDUs for control.
- An RLC PDU for data may be called an RLC DATA PDU (RLC Data PDU).
- the control RLC PDU may be called an RLC CONTROL PDU.
- PDCP may be referred to as a PDCP sublayer.
- PDCP may have a function to maintain sequence numbers.
- PDCP may also have a header compression/decompression function for efficiently transmitting user data such as IP packets and Ethernet frames over a wireless section.
- a protocol used for IP packet header compression/decompression may be called ROHC (Robust Header Compression) protocol.
- ROHC Robot Header Compression
- EHC Ethernet (registered trademark) Header Compression
- PDCP may also have a data encryption/decryption function.
- PDCP may also have the functions of integrity protection and integrity verification of data.
- PDCP may also have a re-ordering function.
- PDCP may also have a retransmission function for PDCP SDUs.
- PDCP may also have a function of discarding data using a discard timer.
- PDCP may also have a duplication function.
- PDCP may also have a function of discarding duplicated received data.
- the PDCP entity is a bi-directional entity and may consist of a transmitting PDCP entity and a receiving PDCP entity.
- the PDCP PDU format used in E-UTRA PDCP and the PDCP PDU format used in NR PDCP may be different.
- PDCP PDUs may include data PDCP PDUs and control PDCP PDUs.
- a PDCP PDU for data may be called a PDCP DATA PDU (PDCP Data PDU).
- the PDCP PDU for control may be called a PDCP CONTROL PDU (PDCP Control PDU).
- SDAP is the Service Data Adaptation Protocol Layer (Service Data Adaptation Protocol Layer).
- SDAP is a mapping between a downlink QoS flow and a data radio bearer (DRB) sent from the 5GC 110 to the terminal device via the base station device, and/or from the terminal device via the base station device. It may have the ability to map uplink QoS flows sent to the 5GC 110 to the DRB.
- SDAP may also have the function of storing mapping rule information.
- SDAP may also have a function to mark QoS flow identifiers (QoS Flow ID: QFI).
- SDAP PDUs may include data SDAP PDUs and control SDAP PDUs.
- a data SDAP PDU may be called an SDAP DATA PDU.
- a control SDAP PDU may also be called an SDAP CONTROL PDU. Note that one SDAP entity of the terminal device may exist for each PDU session.
- RRC may have a broadcast function.
- RRC may have a paging function from EPC 104 and/or 5GC 110 .
- RRC may have paging capabilities from eNB 102 connecting to gNB 108 or 5GC 110 .
- RRC may also have an RRC connection management function.
- RRC may also have a radio bearer control function.
- RRC may also have a cell group control function.
- RRC may also have a mobility control function.
- RRC may also have terminal measurement reporting and terminal measurement reporting control functions.
- RRC may also have QoS management functions.
- RRC may also have radio link failure detection and recovery functionality.
- RRC uses RRC messages for broadcasting, paging, RRC connection management, radio bearer control, cell group control, mobility control, terminal equipment measurement reporting and terminal equipment measurement reporting control, QoS management, radio link failure detection and recovery, etc. may be performed. Note that the RRC messages and parameters used in E-UTRA RRC may differ from the RRC messages and parameters used in NR RRC.
- the RRC message may be sent using the logical channel's BCCH, may be sent using the logical channel's PCCH, may be sent using the logical channel's CCCH, or may be sent using the logical channel's DCCH. may be sent. Also, the RRC message sent using the DCCH may be referred to as dedicated RRC signaling or RRC signaling.
- the RRC message sent using BCCH may include, for example, a master information block (Master Information Block: MIB), each type of system information block (System Information Block: SIB) may be included, and others of RRC messages may be included.
- RRC messages sent using the PCCH may include, for example, paging messages and other RRC messages.
- RRC messages sent in the uplink (UL) direction using CCCH include, for example, RRC Setup Request, RRC Resume Request, RRC Reestablishment Request, An RRC system information request message (RRC System Info Request) may be included. Also, for example, RRC Connection Request, RRC Connection Resume Request, RRC Connection Reestablishment Request, etc. may be included. Other RRC messages may also be included.
- RRC messages sent in the downlink (DL) direction using CCCH include, for example, RRC Connection Reject message, RRC Connection Setup message, RRC Connection Reestablishment message, An RRC connection re-establishment rejection message (RRC Connection Reestablishment Reject) may be included. Also, for example, an RRC rejection message (RRC Reject), an RRC setup message (RRC Setup), etc. may be included. Other RRC messages may also be included.
- RRC signaling sent in the uplink (UL) direction using the DCCH includes, for example, a Measurement Report message, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message, an RRC Connection Setup Complete message. ), RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete message, Security Mode Complete message, UE Capability Information message, and the like. Also for example Measurement Report message, RRC Reconfiguration Complete message, RRC Setup Complete message, RRC Reestablishment Complete message, RRC Resume Complete message ), a security mode complete message (Security Mode Complete), a UE capability information message (UE Capability Information), and the like. Also other RRC signaling may be included.
- RRC signaling sent in the downlink (DL) direction using DCCH includes, for example, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message, an RRC Connection Release message, a Security Mode Command message, A UE Capability Inquiry message and the like may be included. Also for example RRC Reconfiguration message, RRC Resume message, RRC Release message (RRC Release message), RRC Reestablishment message (RRC Reestablishment message), Security Mode Command message (Security Mode Command), UE Capability Inquiry message (UE Capability Enquiry), etc. may be included. Also other RRC signaling may be included.
- a NAS may have an authentication function. Also, the NAS may have a function of performing mobility management. The NAS may also have a security control function.
- each layer may be included in another layer (layer).
- UE 122 may be in RRC_CONNECTED state.
- a state in which an RRC connection is established may include a state in which the UE 122 holds some or all of the UE contexts described below.
- states in which an RRC connection is established may include states in which UE 122 is able to transmit and/or receive unicast data.
- UE 122 may also be in RRC_INACTIVE state when the RRC connection is suspended.
- UE 122 may be in RRC_INACTIVE state when UE 122 is connected to 5GC and the RRC connection is dormant.
- a UE 122 may be in the RRC_IDLE state when the UE 122 is neither in the RRC_CONNECTED state nor in the RRC_INACTIVE state.
- UE 122 may initiate dormancy of the RRC connection. If the UE 122 is connected to EPC, when the RRC connection is suspended, the UE 122 may retain the AS context of the UE and an identifier (resumeIdentity) used for resume and transition to the RRC_IDLE state.
- a layer higher than the RRC layer of UE 122 (for example, NAS layer) confirms that UE 122 holds the AS context of the UE, and that the E-UTRAN permits recovery of the RRC connection, and that UE 122 exits the RRC_IDLE state. When it needs to transition to the RRC_CONNECTED state, it may initiate the resumption of a dormant RRC connection.
- the UE 122 connected to the EPC 104 and the UE 122 connected to the 5GC 110 may have different definitions of dormancy. Also, when UE122 is connected to EPC (when UE122 is dormant in RRC_IDLE state) and when UE122 is connected to 5GC (when UE122 is dormant in RRC_INACTIVE state), UE122 all or part of the procedure for waking up from sleep may be different.
- the RRC_CONNECTED state, RRC_INACTIVE state, and RRC_IDLE state may be called connected mode, inactive mode, and idle mode, respectively, and RRC connected mode. , RRC inactive mode, and RRC idle mode.
- the UE AS context held by UE 122 includes the current RRC settings, current security context, PDCP state including ROHC (RObust Header Compression) state, C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier), cell identifier (cellIdentity), and physical cell identifier of the connection source PCell, all or part of which may be information.
- the UE AS context held by either or all of the eNB 102 and gNB 108 may contain the same information as the UE AS context held by the UE 122, or the information contained in the UE AS context held by the UE 122. may contain different information.
- a security context consists of a cryptographic key at the AS level, NH (Next Hop parameter), NCC (Next Hop Chaining Counter parameter) used to derive the access key for the next hop, an identifier for the selected AS level encryption algorithm, and replay protection. may be information including all or part of the counters used for
- a serving cell may consist of one primary cell (PCell). Also, in a terminal device in an RRC connected state in which CA and / or DC described later are set, a plurality of serving cells include one or more special cells (Special Cell: SpCell) and one or more all secondary It may mean a set of cells (set of cell(s)) composed of cells (Secondary Cell: SCell).
- a SpCell may support PUCCH transmission and contention-based random access (CBRA).
- a PCell may be a cell used for an RRC connection establishment procedure when a terminal device in the RRC idle state transitions to the RRC connected state. Also, the PCell may be a cell used for the RRC connection re-establishment procedure in which the terminal device re-establishes the RRC connection. Also, the PCell may be a cell used for a random access procedure during handover. A PSCell may be a cell used in a random access procedure when adding a secondary node, which will be described later. PCell and PSCell may be SpCells. Also, the SpCell may be a cell that is used for purposes other than those described above.
- a group of serving cells configured for a terminal device is composed of SpCells and one or more SCells may be regarded as carrier aggregation (CA) configured for the terminal device.
- CA carrier aggregation
- a cell that provides an additional radio resource to a SpCell for a terminal device in which CA is configured may mean an SCell.
- TAG Timing Advance Group
- PTAG Primary Timing Advance Group
- STAG Secondary Timing Advance Group
- One or more TAGs may be configured for each cell group, which will be described later.
- a cell group that is set by the base station device for the terminal device will be explained.
- a cell group may consist of one SpCell.
- a cell group may consist of one SpCell and one or more SCells. That is, a cell group may consist of one SpCell and optionally one or more SCells.
- a cell group may also be expressed as a set of cell(s).
- Dual Connectivity performs data communication using the radio resources of cell groups each configured by a first base station device (first node) and a second base station device (second node). It can be technology.
- a cell group may be added from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus.
- a first base station apparatus may add a second base station apparatus to perform DC.
- the first base station device may be called a master node (Master Node: MN).
- a cell group configured by a master node may be called a master cell group (MCG).
- MCG master cell group
- the second base station device may be called a secondary node (SN).
- a cell group configured by secondary nodes may be called a secondary cell group (SCG). Note that the master node and the secondary node may be configured within the same base station apparatus.
- the cell group set in the terminal device may be called MCG.
- SpCell configured in the terminal device may be PCell.
- Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity may be a technology that performs DC using E-UTRA for MCG and NR for SCG.
- MR-DC may be a technique of performing DC using NR for MCG and E-UTRA for SCG.
- MR-DC may be a technique of performing DC using NR on both MCG and SCG.
- MR-DC may be a technology involved in DC. Examples of MR-DC using E-UTRA for MCG and NR for SCG include EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity) using EPC in the core network and NGEN-DC using 5GC in the core network. There may be DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity).
- An example of MR-DC using NR for MCG and E-UTRA for SCG may be NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity) using 5GC for the core network.
- An example of MR-DC using NR for both MCG and SCG may be NR-DC (NR-NR Dual Connectivity) using 5GC for the core network.
- one MAC entity may exist for each cell group.
- the MAC entity for the MCG in the terminal may always be established in the terminal in all states (RRC idle state, RRC connected state, RRC inactive state, etc.).
- the MAC entity for the SCG in the terminal device may be created by the terminal device when the SCG is configured in the terminal device.
- the MAC entity for each cell group of the terminal device may be set by the terminal device receiving RRC signaling from the base station apparatus.
- SpCell may mean PCell if the MAC entity is associated with the MCG.
- SpCell may mean a Primary SCG Cell (PSCell).
- SpCell may also mean PCell if the MAC entity is not associated with a cell group.
- PCell, PSCell and SCell are serving cells.
- the MAC entity for MCG may be the E-UTRA MAC entity and the MAC entity for SCG may be the NR MAC entity.
- the MAC entity for MCG may be the NR MAC entity, and the MAC entity for SCG may be the E-UTRA MAC entity.
- both MAC entities for MCG and SCG may be NR MAC entities. Note that one MAC entity for each cell group can be rephrased as one MAC entity for each SpCell. Also, one MAC entity for each cell group may be rephrased as one MAC entity for each SpCell.
- a radio connection may be established by establishing a radio bearer (RB) between the terminal device and the base station device.
- a radio bearer used for the CP may be called a signaling radio bearer (SRB).
- a radio bearer used for UP may be called a data radio bearer (DRB).
- Each radio bearer may be assigned a radio bearer identity (ID).
- the SRB radio bearer identifier may be called an SRB identity (SRB ID).
- a DRB radio bearer identifier may be called a DRB identity (DRB ID).
- SRB0 to SRB2 may be defined as SRBs of E-UTRA, and SRBs other than these may be defined.
- SRB0 to SRB3 may be defined as SRBs of NR, and SRBs other than these may be defined.
- SRB0 may be the SRB for RRC messages transmitted and/or received using the CCCH of the logical channel.
- SRB1 may be the SRB for RRC signaling and for NAS signaling before the establishment of SRB2.
- RRC signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB1 may include piggybacked NAS signaling.
- the logical channel DCCH may be used for all RRC and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB1.
- SRB2 may be an SRB for NAS signaling and for RRC signaling including logged measurement information. All RRC signaling and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB2 may use the DCCH of the logical channel.
- SRB2 may have a lower priority than SRB1.
- SRB3 may be an SRB for transmitting and/or receiving specific RRC signaling when EN-DC, NGEN-DC, NR-DC, etc. are configured in the terminal device. All RRC and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB3 may use the DCCH of the logical channel. Other SRBs may also be provided for other uses.
- a DRB may be a radio bearer for user data.
- Logical channel DTCH may be used for RRC signaling transmitted and/or received using DRB.
- Radio bearers may include RLC bearers.
- An RLC bearer may consist of one or two RLC entities and logical channels.
- the RLC entity when there are two RLC entities in the RLC bearer may be a TM RLC entity and/or a transmitting RLC entity and a receiving RLC entity in a unidirectional UM mode RLC entity.
- SRB0 may consist of one RLC bearer.
- An SRB0 RLC bearer may consist of a TM RLC entity and a logical channel. SRB0 may always be established in the terminal device in all states (RRC idle state, RRC connected state, RRC inactive state, etc.).
- One SRB1 may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received from the base station device when the terminal device transitions from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state.
- SRB1 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers.
- the SRB1 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel.
- One SRB2 may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received by the terminal device in the RRC connected state with AS security activated from the base station device.
- SRB2 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers.
- An SRB2 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel.
- SRB3 is when a secondary node in EN-DC, NGEN-DC, or NR-DC is added, or when the secondary node is changed, the terminal device in the RRC connection state with AS security activated becomes the base station.
- One may be established and/or configured in the terminal by RRC signaling received from the device.
- SRB3 may be a direct SRB between the terminal device and the secondary node.
- SRB3 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers.
- An SRB3 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel.
- the PDCP on the base station device side of SRB3 may be placed in the secondary node.
- One or more DRBs may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received from the base station device by the terminal device in the RRC connected state with AS security activated.
- a DRB may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers.
- a DRB RLC bearer may consist of an AM or UM RLC entity and a logical channel.
- the radio bearer in which PDCP is placed in the master node can be called the MN terminated (terminated) bearer.
- a radio bearer in which PDCP is placed in a secondary node may be called an SN terminated (terminated) bearer.
- a radio bearer in which the RLC bearer exists only in the MCG may be called an MCG bearer.
- a radio bearer whose RLC bearer exists only in the SCG may be called an SCG bearer.
- a radio bearer in which RLC bearers exist in both MCG and SCG may be called a split bearer.
- the bearer types of SRB1 and SRB2 established/and configured in the terminal device may be MN-terminated MCG bearers and/or MN-terminated split bearers.
- the SRB3 bearer type established/or configured in the terminal device may be an SN-terminated SCG bearer.
- the DRB bearer type established/or configured in the terminal device may be any of all bearer types.
- the RLC entity established and/or configured may be E-UTRA RLC.
- the RLC entity established and/or configured may be NR RLC.
- the terminal is configured with EN-DC
- the PDCP entity established and/or configured for the MN-terminated MCG bearer may be either E-UTRA PDCP or NR PDCP.
- bearer type radio bearers i.e.
- MN terminated split bearer MN terminated SCG bearer, SN terminated MCG bearer, SN terminated split bearer and SN terminated SCG bearer, when EN-DC is configured in the terminal equipment.
- the PDCP established and/or configured by the NR may be the NR PDCP.
- the PDCP entity established and/or configured for radio bearers in all bearer types may be NR PDCP. .
- DRBs established and/or configured in terminal equipment may be associated with one PDU session.
- One SDAP entity may be established and/or configured for one PDU session in the terminal device.
- Established and/or Configured in Terminal The SDAP entity, PDCP entity, RLC entity, and logical channels may be established and/or configured by RRC signaling that the terminal receives from the base station.
- a network configuration in which the master node is eNB 102 and EPC 104 is the core network may be called E-UTRA/EPC.
- a network configuration in which the master node is the eNB 102 and the 5GC 110 is the core network may be called E-UTRA/5GC.
- a network configuration in which the master node is gNB 108 and 5GC 110 is the core network may be called NR or NR/5GC.
- the above master node may refer to a base station apparatus that communicates with terminal apparatuses.
- Handover may be the process by which a UE 122 in RRC Connected state changes its serving cell from a source SpCell to a target SpCell. Handover may occur when UE 122 receives RRC signaling from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 indicating a handover.
- the RRC signaling indicating handover may be a message regarding reconfiguration of the RRC connection including parameters indicating handover (for example, an information element named MobilityControlInfo or an information element named ReconfigurationWithSync).
- the information element named MobilityControlInfo described above may be rephrased as a mobility control setting information element, a mobility control setting, or mobility control information.
- the above information element named ReconfigurationWithSync may be rephrased as a reset information element with synchronization or a reset with synchronization.
- the RRC signaling indicating handover may be a message (for example, MobilityFromEUTRACommand or MobilityFromNRCommand) indicating movement to another RAT's cell. Handover can also be rephrased as reconfiguration with sync.
- the conditions under which UE 122 can perform handover include some or all of the following: when AS security is activated, when SRB2 is established, and at least one DRB is established. good.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example flow of procedures for various settings in RRC according to the present embodiment.
- FIG. 4 is an example flow when RRC signaling is sent from the base station apparatus (eNB 102 and/or gNB 108) to the terminal apparatus (UE 122).
- the base station device creates an RRC message (step S400).
- the creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in order for the base station apparatus to distribute system information (SI: System Information) and paging messages.
- SI System Information
- the creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in order for the base station apparatus to transmit RRC signaling that causes a specific terminal apparatus to perform processing.
- the processing to be performed on a specific terminal device may include, for example, security-related settings, RRC connection reconfiguration, handover to a different RAT, RRC connection suspension, RRC connection release, and the like.
- RRC connection reset processing includes, for example, radio bearer control (establishment, change, release, etc.), cell group control (establishment, addition, change, release, etc.), measurement setting, handover, security key update, etc. may be included.
- the creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in response to RRC signaling transmitted from the terminal apparatus.
- Responses to RRC signaling sent from the terminal may include, for example, responses to RRC setup requests, responses to RRC reconnection requests, responses to RRC resume requests, and the like.
- the RRC message contains information (parameters) for various information notifications and settings. These parameters may be called fields and/or information elements, and may be described using the description method ASN.1 (Abstract Syntax Notation One).
- the base station device then transmits the created RRC signaling to the terminal device (step S402).
- the terminal device performs processing such as setting according to the received RRC signaling, if necessary (step S404).
- the terminal device that has performed the processing may transmit RRC signaling for response to the base station device (not shown).
- RRC signaling is not limited to the above examples, and may be used for other purposes.
- RRC on the master node side is used to transfer RRC signaling for SCG side settings (cell group settings, radio bearer settings, measurement settings, etc.) to and from the terminal device.
- SCG side settings cell group settings, radio bearer settings, measurement settings, etc.
- the information element (nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig) for setting the SCG side of E-UTRA RRC signaling transmitted and received between eNB 102 and UE 122, NR RRC signaling is It may be included in the form of a container.
- E-UTRA RRC signaling is included in the information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element) for SCG side configuration of NR RRC signaling transmitted and received between gNB 108 and UE 122 in the form of a container. may be included in RRC signaling for SCG side configuration may be sent and received between the master and secondary nodes.
- NR RRC signaling is included in the form of a container in an information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element) for configuration on the SCG side of NR RRC signaling transmitted and received between gNB 108 and UE 122. can be RRC signaling for SCG side configuration may be sent and received between the master and secondary nodes.
- RRC signaling for E-UTRA transmitted from eNB 102 to UE 122 may include RRC signaling for NR, or RRC signaling for NR transmitted from gNB 108 to UE 122. may include RRC signaling for E-UTRA.
- FIG. 7 is an example of ASN.1 description representing fields and/or information elements related to cell group setting included in a message related to RRC connection reconfiguration in NR in FIG.
- FIG. 8 is an example of ASN.1 description representing fields and/or information elements related to cell group setting included in the message related to RRC connection reconfiguration in E-UTRA in FIG.
- ⁇ omitted> and ⁇ omitted> are not part of the notation of ASN.1, but other information is omitted. indicates Information elements may be omitted even where there is no description of ⁇ omitted> or ⁇ omitted>.
- the ASN.1 examples in the present embodiment do not correctly follow the ASN.1 notation method.
- the example of ASN.1 represents an example of RRC signaling parameters in this embodiment, and other names and other representations may be used.
- examples of ASN.1 show only examples of main information closely related to this embodiment. Note that all parameters described in ASN.1 may be referred to as information elements without distinguishing between fields, information elements, and the like.
- fields described in ASN.1, information elements, and the like included in RRC signaling may be rephrased as information or parameters.
- the message regarding RRC connection reconfiguration may be an RRC reconfiguration message in NR or an RRC connection reconfiguration message in E-UTRA.
- the information element named CellGroupConfig in FIG. 7 may be an information element used for setting, changing, releasing, etc. of MCG or SCG cell groups in NR.
- the information element named CellGroupConfig may contain the TCI information element described below.
- the information element named CellGroupConfig may be rephrased as a cell group configuration information element or cell group configuration.
- this information element named CellGroupConfig may be referred to as configuration on the SCG side.
- An information element named SpCellConfig contained in an information element named CellGroupConfig may be an information element used to configure a special cell (SpCell).
- the information element named SpCellConfig may be rephrased as SpCell configuration information element or SpCell configuration.
- the information element named DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 included in the information element named SpCellConfig may be an information element set in deactivation of SCG, which will be described later.
- the information element named DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 may be rephrased as configuration for SCG deactivation.
- MCG master cell group
- SCG secondary cell group
- Cell deactivation does not apply to PCells, but may apply to PSCells. In this case, cell deactivation may be performed differently for SpCells and SCells.
- Cell activation and deactivation may be handled by a MAC entity that exists for each cell group.
- the SCell configured in the terminal device may be activated and/or deactivated by some or all of (A) to (C) below.
- (A) Reception of MAC CE that activates/deactivates SCell (B) Expiration of SCell inactivity timer set for each SCell (Even if the SCell is limited to SCell in which PUCCH is not set good)
- C RRC parameter (sCellState) set for each SCell set in the terminal device
- the MAC entity of the terminal device may perform some or all of (1) to (3) of the following processing (AD) for each SCell set in the cell group.
- AD Processing
- the MAC entity of the terminal device performs processing ( Execute part or all of (1) to (3) of AD-1). Otherwise, if a MAC CE deactivating the SCell is received or if the SCell inactivity timer expires in the active SCell, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs process (AD-2).
- AD-1-1 (1) If, in NR, this SCell was in an inactive state before receiving the MAC CE that activates this SCell, or if the RRC parameter (sCellState) set in that SCell when setting up the SCell is If it is set to activated, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs part or all of the processing (1) to (3) of processing (AD-1-1). (2) The MAC entity of the terminal device starts or restarts (if the SCell inactivity timer has already started) the SCell inactivity timer associated with the SCell. (3) If the Active DL BWP is not a Dormant BWP, the suspended Type 1 Configured Uplink Grant associated with this SCell according to the stored configuration. If present, the terminal's MAC entity (re)initializes it. The terminal's MAC entity then triggers the PHR.
- AD-1-1-1 Treatment (1) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is not set to a dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity performs processing (AD-1-1-1). (2) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is set to Dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity will stop this serving cell's BWP-Inactivity Timer (bwp-InactivityTimer) if it is running.
- bwp-InactivityTimer BWP-Inactivity Timer
- the MAC entity of the terminal device uses the downlink BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) configured in the RRC message for the SCell and the first active uplink BWP. Activate the uplink BWP indicated by the identifier (firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id).
- the MAC entity of the terminal device activates the SCell at a predetermined timing and applies normal SCell operations including some or all of (A) to (E) below.
- A) Transmit a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) on this SCell.
- B) Report CSI for this SCell.
- C) Monitor the PDCCH of this SCell.
- D) Monitor the PDCCH for this SCell. (If scheduling is done for this SCell in another serving cell)
- the MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (F) below.
- A Inactivating this SCell.
- B Stop the SCell inactivity timer associated with this SCell.
- C Deactivate all Active BWPs associated with this SCell.
- D Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants associated with this SCell.
- E Suspend all configured uplink grants of grant type 1 associated with this SCell.
- the MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (D) below.
- A) Do not transmit SRS on this SCell.
- B) Do not report CSI for this SCell.
- C) Do not transmit PUCCH, UL-SCH and/or RACH on this SCell.
- D) Do not monitor the PDCCH of this SCell and/or the PDCCH for this SCell.
- the SCell is activated and deactivated by the processing (AD) performed by the MAC entity.
- the initial state of the SCell may be set by RRC signaling.
- the SCell inactivity timer will be explained.
- the value of the SCell inactivity timer (information regarding the time when the timer is considered to have expired) may be notified by RRC signaling.
- the SCell deactivation timer may also be a timer named sCellDeactivationTimer.
- bandwidth part (BWP)
- the BWP may be part or all of the bandwidth of the serving cell.
- a BWP may also be called a carrier BWP.
- a terminal device may be configured with one or more BWPs.
- a certain BWP may be set by information contained in the system information associated with the synchronization signal detected in the initial cell search.
- a certain BWP may be a frequency bandwidth associated with a frequency for initial cell search.
- Some BWPs may also be configured with RRC signaling (eg Dedicated RRC signaling).
- the downlink BWP (DL BWP) and the uplink BWP (UL BWP) may be configured separately.
- one or more uplink BWPs may be associated with one or more downlink BWPs.
- the association between the uplink BWP and the downlink BWP may be a default association, may be an association by RRC signaling (for example, Dedicated RRC signaling), or may be associated by physical layer signaling (for example, downlink The association may be based on downlink control information (DCI) notified by a control channel, or a combination thereof, and CORESET may be set in the downlink BWP.
- RRC signaling for example, Dedicated RRC signaling
- physical layer signaling for example, downlink
- DCI downlink control information
- a BWP may consist of a group of consecutive physical radio blocks (PRB: Physical Resource Block). Also, parameters of the BWP (one or more BWPs) of each component carrier may be set for the terminal device in the connected state.
- the BWP parameters for each component carrier include (A) the type of cyclic prefix, (B) the subcarrier spacing, (C) the frequency position of the BWP (for example, the start position or center frequency position on the low frequency side of the BWP) ( For the frequency position, for example, ARFCN may be used, or an offset from a specific subcarrier of the serving cell may be used.
- the offset unit may be a subcarrier unit or a resource block unit.
- both ARFCN and offset may be configured), (D) BWP bandwidth (e.g. number of PRBs), (E) control signal resource configuration information, (F) SS block center frequency location (For the frequency position, for example, ARFCN may be used, or an offset from a specific subcarrier of the serving cell may be used.
- the offset unit may be a subcarrier unit, a resource block unit Also, both the ARFCN and the offset may be set.) may be included.
- the resource configuration information of the control signal may be included in the BWP configuration of at least some or all of the PCell and/or PSCell.
- a terminal device may transmit and receive in an Active BWP out of one or more set BWPs.
- One or more BWPs may be configured in one serving cell associated with the terminal.
- At most one uplink BWP and/or at most one downlink BWP is Active BWP at any given time.
- may be set to be Downlink Active BWP is also called Active DL BWP.
- Uplink Active BWP is also called Active UL BWP.
- a BWP that is not an active BWP may be referred to as an inactive BWP.
- Activating a BWP may mean activating a BWP or activating an Inactive BWP.
- deactivation of BWP may mean deactivation of BWP or deactivation of Active BWP.
- BWP switching in the serving cell is used to activate the Inactive BWP and deactivate the Active BWP.
- BWP switching is controlled by the MAC entity itself for PDCCH indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant, BWP inactivity timer, RRC signaling, or initiation of random access procedures.
- Active BWP of the serving cell is indicated by RRC or PDCCH.
- the MAC entity For each activated serving cell for which the BWP inactivity timer is set, the MAC entity performs some or all of (1) to (2) of the following processing (DB) to implement.
- DB Processing
- the MAC entity of the device performs (1) and (2) of the following processing (DB-A).
- the MAC entity of the terminal device receives the PDCCH for BWP switching and switches the Active DL BWP, it performs the following process (DB-B).
- DB-A Processing
- DB-A-1 if a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant is received in Active DL BWP, or if for Active DL BWP, Received PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant or if MAC PDU was sent with configured uplink grant or configured downlink
- DB-A-1 the MAC entity of the terminal performs the following processing
- DB-A-2 If the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP expires (Expire), the MAC entity of the terminal device performs the following process (DB-A-2).
- DB-A-1 If the random access procedure associated with this serving cell is not in progress, or the ongoing random access procedure associated with this serving cell was successfully completed by receiving a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI ), start or (if the BWP inactivity timer was already started) restart the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP.
- DB-B DownlinkBWP-Id Processing If defaultDownlinkBWP-Id is set, the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, and if the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, then the Active DL BWP is associated with Starts or restarts the BWP inactivity timer (if the BWP inactivity timer has already started).
- the MAC entity of the terminal equipment if the BWP is activated (is Active BWP) and the Active DL BWP in that serving cell is not a dormant BWP (dormant BWP) If so, perform some or all of (A) to (H) below.
- A) Transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
- B) If a PRACH occasion is configured, send RACH on that BWP.
- C Monitor the PDCCH on that BWP.
- D If PUCCH is configured, transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
- E Report CSI on its BWP.
- SRS If SRS is configured, send SRS on that BWP.
- G Receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
- H) (Re)initialize all suspended configured uplink grants of grant type 1 configured in that Active BWP according to the stored configuration, if any.
- the MAC entity of the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (I) below if the BWP is deactivated.
- A Do not transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
- B Do not send RACH on that BWP.
- C Do not monitor PDCCH on that BWP.
- D Do not transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
- E Do not report CSI on that BWP.
- F Do not send SRS on that BWP.
- G Do not receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
- H Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants configured in that BWP.
- I Suspend all configured uplink grants of grant type 1 for that Inactive BWP.
- Inactivation of SCG may mean inactivation of SCG.
- deactivating an SCG may mean deactivating a cell group in which a MAC entity is associated with the SCG and corresponds to the MAC entity.
- Inactivation of SCG may mean inactivation of PSCell (SpCell of SCG) or inactivation of PSCell.
- Activation of SCG may mean activating SCG.
- activating an SCG may mean activating a cell group in which a MAC entity is associated with the SCG and corresponds to said MAC entity.
- Activation of SCG may mean activation of PSCell (SpCell of SCG) or activation of PSCell.
- the SCG inactive state means that the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (P) of the following processing (SD-1) in the SCG PSCell (SpCell). may be in a state where In addition, the inactive state of SCG may mean a state in which SCG is inactivated.
- SD-1 Do not transmit SRS in this PSCell.
- B Measure CSI for this PSCell.
- C Do not report CSI for this PSCell.
- D Do not transmit PUCCH in this PSCell.
- E Do not transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell.
- F Do not transmit RACH on this PSCell.
- G Do not monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell.
- H Do not monitor PDCCH for this PSCell.
- I Inactivate the Active BWP in this PSCell.
- J Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
- (K) PDCCH for this PSCell addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant for UL-SCH transmission on this PSCell and/or this PSCell Do not monitor PDCCH for (L) PDCCH for this PSCell with BWP activated on this PSCell and addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant in said BWP; and / Or do not monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
- This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
- AGC Automatic Gain Control
- BFD Beam Failure Detection
- RLM Radio Link Monitoring
- N Suspend some or all configured uplink grants of grant type 1 associated with this PSCell.
- O Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
- P Have the SCG MAC entity perform a partial MAC reset.
- (M) of the above process (SD-1) may be implemented based on the inclusion of the bfd-and-RLM parameter in the SCG side settings.
- (P) of the above treatment (SD-1) may include some or all of (A) to (O) of the above treatment (SD-1).
- the SCG active state means that the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (O) of the following processing (SA-1) in the SCG PSCell (SpCell). state.
- the active state of SCG may mean a state in which SCG is activated.
- SA-1 (A) Transmit SRS with this PSCell. (B) Measure CSI for this PSCell. (C) Report CSI for this PSCell. (D) Transmit PUCCH in this PSCell. (E) Transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell. (F) Transmit RACH on this PSCell. (G) Monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell. (H) Monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell. (I) Activate the Inactive BWP in this PSCell. (J) Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
- This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
- AGC Automatic Gain Control
- BFD Beam Failure Detection
- RLM Radio Link Monitoring
- (N) (re)initialize some or all suspended configured uplink grants of grant type 1 associated with this PSCell according to the stored configuration, if any; .
- (O) Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
- the terminal device may determine that the SCG is inactive based on some or all of (A) to (H) of the following conditions (SD-2).
- the signaling and control elements (A) to (F) of the following condition (SD-2) may be notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus via the SCG.
- the signaling and control elements in (A) through (F) of the following conditions (SD-2) shall be provided via a cell group other than the SCG (MCG, SCG other than the SCG, etc.).
- the terminal device may be notified from the station device.
- SD-2 Conditions (A) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate SCG (B) Reception of MAC CE instructing to deactivate SCG (C) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate PSCell Reception (D) Reception of MAC CE instructing PSCell to be deactivated (E) Reception of other RRC signaling (F) Reception of other MAC CE (G) Expiration of SCG inactivity timer (H) PSCell expiration of the inactivity timer of
- the RRC signaling of (A), (C), and (E) of the above condition (SD-2) may include a parameter called scg-State, for example. If scg-State is included in RRC signaling, it may indicate SCG deactivation, and if scg-State is not included in RRC signaling, it may indicate SCG activation. Also, the scg-State may be included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message, RRC Reconfiguration message, and/or RRC Resume message. Also, the RRC signaling may be generated at the MN. Also, the scg-State may not be included in the RRC signaling generated by the SN. In this case, the SCG activation/deactivation may not be determined based on whether scg-State is included in the RRC signaling generated by the SN.
- the terminal device may determine that the SCG is activated based on some or all of (A) to (K) of the following conditions (SA-2).
- the signaling and control elements (A) to (F) of condition (SA-2) below may be notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus via the SCG. Additionally or alternatively, the signaling and control elements of (A) to (F) of the following condition (SA-2) shall be transmitted to the base via a cell group other than the SCG (MCG, SCG other than the SCG, etc.).
- the terminal device may be notified from the station device.
- the SCG being in an active state may also mean that the SCG is not in an inactive state.
- SA-2 Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate SCG
- B Reception of MAC CE instructing to activate SCG
- C Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate PSCell
- D Receipt of MAC CE instructing to activate PSCell
- E Reception of other RRC signaling
- F Reception of other MAC CE
- G SCG inactivity timer
- H PSCell inactivity timer
- I initiation of a random access procedure due to a scheduling request triggered to transmit a MAC PDU containing a MAC SDU
- J initiation of a random access procedure
- K due to a scheduling request (in other words, the MAC entity itself initiated) random access procedure
- the RRC signaling of (A), (C), and (E) of the above conditions (SA-2) is that the parameter scg-State, for example, is not included in the RRC reconfiguration message and/or the RRC restart message. good. Also, the RRC signaling may be generated at the MN.
- a terminal device that deactivates an SCG may implement part or all of (A) to (I) of the following process (SD-3) in the SCG.
- SD-3 (A) Consider that SCG is inactivated. (B) Instruct lower layers (MAC entity, etc.) to deactivate the SCG. (C) If the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state and the SCG was activated before receiving signaling instructing to deactivate the SCG, send an RRC reconfiguration message or RRC connection reconfiguration message. SRB3 is configured before receiving, and the SRB3 is released according to RRC signaling (RadioBearerConfig) for any radio bearer configuration included in the RRC reconfiguration message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. If not, trigger the PDCP entity of said SRB3 to perform a discard of the SDU and additionally or alternatively re-establish the RLC entity of said SRB3.
- RadioBearerConfig RadioBearerConfig
- E) Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the active SCell to have expired.
- F Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the dormant SCell to have expired.
- G Do not start or restart the SCell inactivity timers associated with all SCells.
- H Ignore MAC CE that activates SCell. For example, in the processing (AD), when receiving MAC CE to activate SCell and not instructed to deactivate SCG (or SCG is not inactive state), processing (AD -1).
- I) Execute the above process (AD-2). For example, when the treatment (AD) instructs to inactivate SCG (or SCG becomes inactive), treatment (AD-2) is performed.
- all of the SCG Inactivating SCells may additionally or alternatively inactivate PSCells based on the above treatment (SD-1).
- a terminal device that activates an SCG may implement part or all of (A) to (D) of the following process (SA-3) in that SCG.
- SA-3 SCG is considered to be activated.
- B If an inactive SCG has been set before the terminal receives signaling to activate the SCG, instruct the lower layer (such as the MAC entity) to activate the SCG. do.
- C Treatment (AD-1) is performed to activate all SCells.
- D If SCG activation is performed based on RRC signaling, if this RRC signaling includes parameters related to random access to PSCell (SpCell), based on the notified parameters, the random access procedure in this PSCell Start.
- the MAC entity of the terminal device performs the above process (SA-1 ) may activate the SCG.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of an embodiment.
- UE 122 receives a message (RRC signaling, MAC CE, etc.) notifying to deactivate SCG from eNB 102 or gNB 108 (step S900).
- UE 122 controls the SCG to be inactive based on the notification (step S902).
- UE 122 receives a message (RRC signaling, MAC CE, etc.) notifying activation of SCG from eNB 102 or gNB 108 (step S900).
- UE 122 controls the SCG to be active based on the notification (step S902).
- the transmission unit 504 of the UE 122 transmits independently the MAC CE for changing the state of the cell of the SCG to the inactive state, efficient state change is possible. Further, when deactivation of SCG is performed based on RRC signaling, conventionally, the initial state is set in the RRC layer, and the state change is performed in the MAC layer. It is possible to efficiently change the state of the SCG while avoiding a mismatch between the instruction and the MAC layer instruction.
- the network may configure one or more candidate target SpCells for the terminal.
- Configuration parameters for each candidate target SpCell may be included in a conditional reconfiguration information element (Conditional Reconfiguration IE) of an RRC message and notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus.
- the terminal device evaluates whether an execution condition associated with each configured candidate target SpCell is satisfied.
- the terminal may apply a conditional reconfiguration that is tied to one of the candidate target SpCells that meet the execution conditions.
- conditional reconfiguration information element included in the RRC reconfiguration message, specifies the execution condition (condExecutionCond or condExecutionCondSN) that must be satisfied to trigger the execution of the conditional reconfiguration and the execution condition.
- One or more pairs with information (condRRCReconfig) indicating the RRC reconfiguration message to be applied when satisfying may be set.
- Said condRRCReconfig may be an RRC message (RRC reconfiguration message) containing configuration parameters for accessing candidate target SpCells.
- the conditional reconfiguration information element may include an identifier (CondReconfigId) that is associated with each of the one or more pairs and that can identify each pair.
- Conditional reconfiguration when the candidate target SpCell is a PCell is also called Conditional Handover.
- Conditional resetting when the candidate target SpCell is a PSCell is also called conditional PSCell Change.
- the RRC reconfiguration message to be applied when the execution condition is satisfied, notified by the condRRCReconfig may be an RRC reconfiguration message generated by the SN.
- the configuration parameters for accessing the candidate target SpCell may be included in the information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig) in the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the MN.
- the RRC reconfiguration message which is notified by the condRRCReconfig and is applied when the execution condition is satisfied, is sent by the MN to the MN. It may be a generated RRC reconfiguration message.
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device (UE 122) in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 5 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment.
- FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device (UE 122) in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 5 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment.
- UE 122 shown in FIG. 5 includes a receiving unit 500 that receives control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) from the base station apparatus, a processing unit 502 that performs processing according to the parameters included in the received control information, and a base station. It consists of a transmission section 504 that transmits control information (UCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) to the station equipment.
- the base station apparatus described above may be eNB 102 or gNB 108 .
- processing unit 502 may include some or all of the functionality of various layers (eg, physical layer, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, SDAP layer, RRC layer, and NAS layer). That is, the processing unit 502 includes part or all of the physical layer processing unit, MAC layer processing unit, RLC layer processing unit, PDCP layer processing unit, SDAP processing unit, RRC layer processing unit, and NAS layer processing unit. you can
- FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the base station apparatus in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 6 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment.
- the base station apparatus described above may be eNB 102 or gNB 108 .
- the base station apparatus shown in FIG. 6 creates a transmission unit 600 that transmits control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) to UE 122, and creates control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) and transmits it to UE 122.
- it consists of a processing unit 602 that causes the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 to perform processing, and a receiving unit 604 that receives control information (UCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) from the UE 122 .
- processing unit 602 may include some or all of the functionality of various layers (eg, physical layer, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, SDAP layer, RRC layer, and NAS layer). That is, the processing unit 602 includes part or all of the physical layer processing unit, MAC layer processing unit, RLC layer processing unit, PDCP layer processing unit, SDAP processing unit, RRC layer processing unit, and NAS layer processing unit. you can
- FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of processing related to conditional resetting of the terminal device in this embodiment.
- the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 determines whether an execution condition for triggering execution of conditional reconfiguration is satisfied for each configured candidate target SpCell (step S1000).
- a cell whose execution condition is satisfied is also called a triggered cell. If there are one or more triggered cells, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 selects one cell from among them and applies condRRCReconfig (RRC reconfiguration message) of the selected cell (step S1002).
- condRRCReconfig RRC reconfiguration message
- FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of processing related to RRC resetting in this embodiment.
- Processing unit 502 of UE 122 receives an RRC reconfiguration message from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 and/or performs conditional reconfiguration (condRRCReconfig (RRC reconfiguration message) is applied). Based on this, RRC reconfiguration using the RRC reconfiguration message is performed (step S1100).
- the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 generates an RRC reconfiguration complete message, and the transmitting unit 504 of the UE 122 transmits the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 (step S1102).
- processing section 502 of UE 122 determines that the RRC reconfiguration message is neither (A) received via SRB3 nor (B) received included in the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup information element. Based on this, a decision to activate or deactivate the SCG based on whether information (eg, scg-State) is included in the RRC reconfiguration information may be made. In other words, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 determines whether the applicable RRC reconfiguration message is (A) received via SRB3 or (B) received included in the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup information element. , the decision to activate or deactivate the SCG based on whether information (eg, scg-State) is included in the RRC reconfiguration information may not be performed.
- the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 may perform the following process SCR.
- processing section 502 of UE 122 uses the information element (nr -SCG-Response information element) contains the RRC reconfiguration complete message for the SN. Also, at this time, if this RRC reconfiguration message is applied by performing conditional reconfiguration, the condReconfigId of the cell selected in the conditional reconfiguration is sent to the RRC reconfiguration complete message for the MN and/or the RRC reconfiguration for the SN. May be included in the completion message.
- processing section 502 of UE 122 performs the following (2-A). you can (2-A) If this RRC reconfiguration message is applied by performing conditional reconfiguration, processing section 502 of UE 122 sets condReconfigId of the cell selected in conditional reconfiguration to RRC reconfiguration completion for SN. message and/or RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to MN.
- the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 may include the condReconfigId in the RRC reconfiguration complete message only when the SCG is inactive.
- the condReconfigId included in the RRC reconfiguration complete message may be other information for identifying the selected cell (for example, information such as physical cell identifier, SSB frequency, and/or SSB subcarrier spacing).
- step S1102 the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 that generated the RRC reset completion message may perform the following process SR.
- Processing SR Processing SR
- (1-A) In order to transmit the RRC reconfiguration complete message via SRB3, processing section 502 of UE 122 submits the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the lower layer of the RRC layer.
- the lower layer may be the PDCP layer of UE 122, for example.
- processing section 502 of UE 122 is configured for uplink transfer of MR-DC dedicated information.
- the RRC reconfiguration complete message is embedded in the message (ULInformationTransferMRDC message) used for the RRC layer, and the ULInformationTransferMRDC message is submitted to the lower layer of the RRC layer.
- the lower layer may be the PDCP layer of UE 122, for example.
- the aforementioned RRC reconfiguration message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message or other RRC signaling.
- the aforementioned RRC reconfiguration complete message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, or may be other RRC signaling.
- the radio bearer in the above description may be DRB, SRB, or both DRB and SRB.
- SCG SpCell may be replaced with “PSCell”.
- the "dormant state” may be replaced with the “inactive state”
- the "state recovered from the dormant state” may be replaced with the “active state”.
- activation and “inactivation” may be replaced with “active state” and “inactive state”, respectively.
- A may be rephrased as B” may include the meaning of rephrasing B as A in addition to rephrasing A as B.
- C may be D
- C may be E
- D may be E
- F may be G
- G may be H
- F may be H
- condition "A” and the condition “B” are contradictory conditions, the condition “B” may be expressed as the “other” condition of the condition "A”. good.
- the program that runs on the device related to this embodiment may be a program that controls the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and the like to make the computer function so as to realize the functions of this embodiment.
- the program or information handled by the program is temporarily read into volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM) during processing, or stored in non-volatile memory such as flash memory or Hard Disk Drive (HDD), and
- RAM Random Access Memory
- HDD Hard Disk Drive
- part of the devices in the above-described embodiments may be realized by a computer.
- the program for realizing this control function may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded in this recording medium may be read into a computer system and executed.
- the "computer system” here is a computer system built into the device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices.
- the "computer-readable recording medium” may be any of a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, and the like.
- “computer-readable recording medium” means a medium that dynamically stores programs for a short period of time, such as a communication line for transmitting a program via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line. , it may also include something that holds the program for a certain period of time, such as a volatile memory inside a computer system that serves as a server or client in that case. Further, the program may be for realizing a part of the functions described above, or may be capable of realizing the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system. .
- each functional block or feature of the apparatus used in the embodiments described above may be implemented or performed in an electrical circuit, typically an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits.
- Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof.
- a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- the general-purpose processor or each circuit described above may be composed of digital circuits or may be composed of analog circuits.
- an integrated circuit technology that replaces current integrated circuits emerges due to advances in semiconductor technology, it is also possible to use integrated circuits based on this technology.
- this embodiment is not limited to the embodiment described above.
- an example of the device was described, but the present embodiment is not limited to this, and is a stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment , cleaning/washing equipment, air-conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, other household equipment, and other terminal equipment or communication equipment.
- One aspect of the present invention is, for example, a communication system, a communication device (e.g., a mobile phone device, a base station device, a wireless LAN device, or a sensor device), an integrated circuit (e.g., a communication chip), or a program, etc. be able to.
- a communication device e.g., a mobile phone device, a base station device, a wireless LAN device, or a sensor device
- an integrated circuit e.g., a communication chip
- a program etc. be able to.
- E-UTRA 102 eNB 104 EPCs 106NR 108 gNB 110 5GC 112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 124 interfaces 122 UEs 200, 300 PHYs 202, 302 MACs 204, 304 RLC 206, 306 PDCP 208, 308 RRC 310 SDAP 210, 312 NAS 500, 604 receiver 502, 602 processor 504, 600 transmitter
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
This terminal device is configured to: receive an RRC reconfiguration message; and, when the RRC reconfiguration message is received via an SRB3 and is not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery and when a secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete message to a secondary node via an SRB1.
Description
本発明は、端末装置、方法、および、集積回路に関する。
本願は、2022年1月7日に日本に出願された特願2022-1447号について優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to terminal devices, methods and integrated circuits.
This application claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-1447 filed in Japan on January 7, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein.
本願は、2022年1月7日に日本に出願された特願2022-1447号について優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to terminal devices, methods and integrated circuits.
This application claims priority to Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-1447 filed in Japan on January 7, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein.
セルラ移動通信システムの標準化プロジェクトである、第3世代パートナーシッププロジェクト(3rd Generation Partnership Project:3GPP)において、無線アクセス、コア網、サービス等を含む、セルラ移動通信システムの技術検討及び規格策定が行われている。
In the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), which is a standardization project for cellular mobile communication systems, technical studies and standardization of cellular mobile communication systems, including radio access, core networks, services, etc., are being conducted. there is
例えば、E-UTRA(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access)は、3GPPにおいて、第3.9世代および第4世代向けセルラ移動通信システム向け無線アクセス技術(Radio Access Technology:RAT)として、技術検討及び規格策定が開始された。現在も3GPPにおいて、E-UTRAの拡張技術の技術検討及び規格策定が行われている。なお、E-UTRAは、Long Term Evolution(LTE:登録商標)とも称し、拡張技術をLTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Advanced Pro(LTE-A Pro)と称する事もある。
For example, E-UTRA (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access) is a radio access technology (RAT) for 3.9th and 4th generation cellular mobile communication systems under 3GPP. rice field. At present, 3GPP is still conducting technical studies and establishing standards for extension technologies for E-UTRA. E-UTRA is also called Long Term Evolution (LTE: registered trademark), and extended technologies are sometimes called LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) and LTE-Advanced Pro (LTE-A Pro).
また、NR(New Radio、またはNR Radio access)は、3GPPにおいて、第5世代(5th Generation:5G)向けセルラ移動通信システム向け無線アクセス技術(Radio Access Technology:RAT)として、技術検討及び規格策定が開始された。現在も3GPPにおいて、NRの拡張技術の技術検討及び規格策定が行われている。
In addition, NR (New Radio or NR Radio access) is under technical review and standardization as Radio Access Technology (RAT) for 5th Generation (5G) cellular mobile communication systems at 3GPP. started. At present, 3GPP is still conducting technical studies and establishing standards for NR extension technology.
NRの拡張技術として大容量のデータ通信を可能とするために、複数のセルグループを用いて一つまたは複数の基地局装置と端末装置とが通信するデュアルコネクティビティ(マルチコネクティビティとも称する)技術がある。このデュアルコネクティビティでは、それぞれのセルグループで通信を行うために、端末装置はそれぞれのセルグループにおいて自分宛のメッセージの有無をモニタする必要がある。大容量のデータ通信が発生したときに端末装置が低遅延で通信できるように、端末装置は常に複数のセルグループのモニタを行う必要があり、多くの電力を消費する問題があった。そのため、一部のセルグループのモニタを低頻度で行う、または停止する技術(セルグループの不活性化(Deactivation)技術)の検討が開始された。
In order to enable large-capacity data communication as an NR extension technology, there is a dual connectivity (also called multi-connectivity) technology in which one or more base station devices and terminal devices communicate using multiple cell groups. . In this dual connectivity, in order to perform communication in each cell group, a terminal device needs to monitor whether there is a message addressed to itself in each cell group. In order to enable the terminal device to perform low-delay communication when a large volume of data communication occurs, the terminal device must always monitor a plurality of cell groups, and there has been a problem of consuming a lot of power. Therefore, studies have been started on techniques for performing or stopping monitoring of some cell groups at a low frequency (cell group deactivation technique).
非特許文献7は、セルグループの活性化に関する仕様書の改定案である。しかしながら、RRC再設定メッセージを適用する際に条件付き再設定を考慮した判断が反映されておらず、端末装置が効率的なセル変更を行うことができない。
Non-Patent Document 7 is a draft revision of the specification regarding cell group activation. However, the decision considering the conditional reconfiguration is not reflected when applying the RRC reconfiguration message, and the terminal device cannot perform an efficient cell change.
本発明の一態様は、上記した事情に鑑みてなされたもので、通信制御を効率的に行うことができる端末装置、通信方法、集積回路を提供することを目的の一つとする。
One aspect of the present invention has been made in view of the circumstances described above, and one of the objects thereof is to provide a terminal device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit capable of efficiently performing communication control.
上記の目的を達成するために、本発明の一態様は、以下のような手段を講じた。すなわち本発明の一態様は、端末装置であって、RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信する受信部と、前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行う処理部とを備え、前記処理部は、前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する。
In order to achieve the above object, one aspect of the present invention takes the following measures. That is, one aspect of the present invention is a terminal device, a receiving unit that receives an RRC reset message and/or RRC signaling that includes the RRC reset message, and a processing unit that performs settings based on the RRC reset message and the processing unit determines that the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and was included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery. If not, and the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
また本発明の一態様は、端末装置に適用される方法であって、RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信するステップと、前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行うステップとを備え、前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する。
Further, one aspect of the present invention is a method applied to a terminal device, comprising: receiving an RRC reconfiguration message and/or RRC signaling including the RRC reconfiguration message; wherein the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and was not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery; If the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
また本発明の一態様は、端末装置に実装される集積回路であって、RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信する機能と、前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行う機能とを前記端末装置に発揮させ、前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する。
Further, one aspect of the present invention is an integrated circuit implemented in a terminal device, a function of receiving an RRC reset message and / or RRC signaling containing the RRC reset message, and based on the RRC reset message The RRC reconfiguration message is received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3) and included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery. and the secondary cell group (SCG) is inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1.
なお、これらの包括的または具体的な態様は、システム、装置、方法、集積回路、コンピュータプログラム、または、記録媒体で実現されてもよく、システム、装置、方法、集積回路、コンピュータプログラムおよび記録媒体の任意な組み合わせで実現されてもよい。
In addition, these generic or specific aspects may be realized by systems, devices, methods, integrated circuits, computer programs, or recording media. may be realized by any combination of
本発明の一態様によれば、端末装置、方法、および集積回路は、効率的な通信制御処理を実現することができる。
According to one aspect of the present invention, the terminal device, method, and integrated circuit can realize efficient communication control processing.
以下、本実施形態について、図面を参照して詳細に説明する。
The present embodiment will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
LTE(およびLTE-A、LTE-A Pro)とNRは、異なる無線アクセス技術(Radio Access Technology:RAT)として定義されてよい。またNRは、LTEに含まれる技術として定義されてもよい。またLTEは、NRに含まれる技術として定義されてもよい。また、NRとMulti-Radio Dual Connectivity(MR-DC)で接続可能なLTEは、従来のLTEと区別されてよい。また、コア網(コアネットワーク、Core Network:CN)に5GCを用いるLTEは、コア網にEPCを用いる従来のLTEと区別されてよい。なお従来のLTEとは、3GPPにおけるリリース15以降に規格化された技術を実装していないLTEの事であってよい。本実施形態はNR、LTEおよび他のRATに適用されてよい。以下の説明では、LTEおよびNRに関連する用語を用いて説明するが、本実施形態は他の用語を用いる他の技術において適用されてもよい。また本実施形態でのE-UTRAという用語は、LTEという用語に置き換えられてよいし、LTEという用語はE-UTRAという用語に置き換えられてよい。
LTE (and LTE-A, LTE-A Pro) and NR may be defined as different Radio Access Technologies (RAT). NR may also be defined as a technology included in LTE. LTE may also be defined as a technology included in NR. Also, LTE that can be connected by NR and Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity (MR-DC) may be distinguished from conventional LTE. Also, LTE using 5GC for a core network (Core Network: CN) may be distinguished from conventional LTE using EPC for a core network. Note that conventional LTE may be LTE that does not implement the technology standardized after Release 15 of 3GPP. This embodiment may be applied to NR, LTE and other RATs. Although terms related to LTE and NR are used in the following description, the present embodiment may be applied to other technologies using other terms. Also, the term E-UTRA in this embodiment may be replaced with the term LTE, and the term LTE may be replaced with the term E-UTRA.
なお、本実施形態において、無線アクセス技術がE-UTRA又はNRである場合の各ノードやエンティティの名称、及び各ノードやエンティティにおける処理等について説明するが、本実施形態は他の無線アクセス技術に用いられてよい。本実施形態における各ノードやエンティティの名称は、別の名称であってよい。
In this embodiment, the name of each node and entity, the processing in each node and entity, etc. when the radio access technology is E-UTRA or NR will be described, but this embodiment is applicable to other radio access technologies. may be used. The name of each node or entity in this embodiment may be another name.
図1は本実施形態に係る通信システムの概略図である。なお図1を用いて説明する各ノード、無線アクセス技術、コア網、インタフェース等の機能は、本実施形態に密接に関わる一部の機能であり、他の機能を持ってよい。
FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to this embodiment. Note that the functions of each node, radio access technology, core network, interface, etc. described using FIG. 1 are part of the functions closely related to the present embodiment, and may have other functions.
E-UTRA100は無線アクセス技術であってよい。またE-UTRA100は、UE122とeNB102との間のエアインタフェース(air interface)であってよい。UE122とeNB102との間のエアインタフェースをUuインタフェースと呼んでよい。eNB(E-UTRAN Node B)102は、E-UTRA100の基地局装置であってよい。eNB102は、後述のE-UTRAプロトコルを持ってよい。E-UTRAプロトコルは、後述のE-UTRAユーザプレーン(User Plane:UP)プロトコル、及び後述のE-UTRA制御プレーン(Control Plane:CP)プロトコルから構成されてもよい。eNB102は、UE122に対し、E-UTRAユーザプレーン(User Plane:UP)プロトコル、及びE-UTRA制御プレーン(Control Plane:CP)プロトコルを終端してよい。eNBで構成される無線アクセスネットワークをE-UTRANと呼んでもよい。
E-UTRA100 may be a radio access technology. E-UTRA 100 may also be the air interface between UE 122 and eNB 102 . The air interface between UE 122 and eNB 102 may be called the Uu interface. The eNB (E-UTRAN Node B) 102 may be a base station device of the E-UTRA 100. The eNB 102 may have the E-UTRA protocol described below. The E-UTRA protocol may consist of an E-UTRA user plane (User Plane: UP) protocol described later and an E-UTRA control plane (Control Plane: CP) protocol described later. eNB 102 may terminate E-UTRA User Plane (UP) and E-UTRA Control Plane (CP) protocols to UE 122 . A radio access network composed of eNBs may be called E-UTRAN.
EPC(Evolved Packet Core)104は、コア網であってよい。インタフェース112はeNB102とEPC104の間のインタフェース(interface)であり、S1インタフェースと呼ばれてよい。インタフェース112には、制御信号が通る制御プレーンインタフェース、及び/又は(and/or)ユーザデータが通るユーザプレーンインタフェースが存在してよい。インタフェース112の制御プレーンインタフェースはEPC104内のMobility Management Entity(MME:不図示)で終端してよい。インタフェース112のユーザプレーンインタフェースはEPC104内のサービングゲートウェイ(S-GW:不図示)で終端してよい。インタフェース112の制御プレーンインタフェースをS1-MMEインタフェースと呼んでよい。インタフェース112のユーザプレーンインタフェースをS1-Uインタフェースと呼んでよい。
The EPC (Evolved Packet Core) 104 may be a core network. Interface 112 is the interface between eNB 102 and EPC 104 and may be referred to as the S1 interface. Interface 112 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes. The control plane interface of interface 112 may terminate at a Mobility Management Entity (MME; not shown) within EPC 104 . The user plane interface of interface 112 may terminate at a serving gateway (S-GW; not shown) within EPC 104 . The control plane interface of interface 112 may be called the S1-MME interface. The user plane interface of interface 112 may be called the S1-U interface.
なお、1つ又は複数のeNB102がEPC104にインタフェース112を介して接続されてよい。EPC104に接続する複数のeNB102の間に、インタフェースが存在してよい(不図示)。EPC104に接続する複数のeNB102間のインタフェースを、X2インタフェースと呼んでよい。
Note that one or more eNBs 102 may be connected to the EPC 104 via the interface 112. Interfaces may exist between multiple eNBs 102 that connect to the EPC 104 (not shown). An interface between multiple eNBs 102 connected to an EPC 104 may be called an X2 interface.
NR106は無線アクセス技術であってよい。またNR106は、UE122とgNB108との間のエアインタフェース(air interface)であってよい。UE122とgNB108との間のエアインタフェースをUuインタフェースと呼んでよい。gNB(g Node B)108は、NR106の基地局装置であってよい。gNB108は、後述のNRプロトコルを持ってよい。NRプロトコルは、後述のNRユーザプレーン(User Plane:UP)プロトコル、及び後述のNR制御プレーン(Control Plane:CP)プロトコルから構成されてよい。gNB108は、UE122に対し、NRユーザプレーン(User Plane:UP)プロトコル、及びNR制御プレーン(Control Plane:CP)プロトコルを終端してよい。
NR106 may be a radio access technology. NR 106 may also be the air interface between UE 122 and gNB 108 . The air interface between UE 122 and gNB 108 may be called the Uu interface. A gNB (g Node B) 108 may be a base station device of NR 106 . gNB 108 may have the NR protocol described below. The NR protocol may consist of an NR User Plane (UP) protocol, which will be described later, and an NR Control Plane (CP) protocol, which will be described later. gNB 108 may terminate NR User Plane (UP) and NR Control Plane (CP) protocols to UE 122 .
5GC110は、コア網であってよい。インタフェース116はgNB108と5GC110の間のインタフェース(interface)であり、NGインタフェースと呼ばれてよい。インタフェース116には、制御信号が通る制御プレーンインタフェース、及び/又はユーザデータが通るユーザプレーンインタフェースが存在してよい。インタフェース116の制御プレーンインタフェースは5GC110内のAccess and mobility Management Function(AMF:不図示)で終端してよい。インタフェース116のユーザプレーンインタフェースは5GC110内のUser Plane Function(UPF:不図示)で終端してよい。インタフェース116の制御プレーンインタフェースをNG-Cインタフェースと呼んでよい。インタフェース116のユーザプレーンインタフェースをNG-Uインタフェースと呼んでよい。
5GC110 may be the core network. Interface 116 is the interface between gNB 108 and 5GC 110 and may be referred to as the NG interface. Interface 116 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes. The control plane interface of interface 116 may terminate at the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF: not shown) within 5GC 110 . The user plane interface of interface 116 may terminate at a User Plane Function (UPF: not shown) within 5GC 110 . The control plane interface of interface 116 may be referred to as the NG-C interface. The user plane interface of interface 116 may be called the NG-U interface.
なお、1つ又は複数のgNB108が5GC110にインタフェース116を介して接続されてよい。5GC110に接続する複数のgNB108の間に、インタフェースが存在してよい(不図示)。5GC110に接続する複数のgNB108間のインタフェースをXnインタフェースと呼んでよい。
Note that one or more gNBs 108 may be connected to the 5GC 110 via the interface 116. There may be interfaces between gNBs 108 that connect to the 5GC 110 (not shown). An interface between multiple gNBs 108 connected to a 5GC 110 may be called an Xn interface.
eNB102は5GC110に接続する機能を持ってよい。5GC110に接続する機能をもつeNB102を、ng-eNBと呼んでよい。インタフェース114はeNB102と5GC110の間のインタフェースで、NGインタフェースと呼ばれてよい。インタフェース114には、制御信号が通る制御プレーンインタフェース、及び/又はユーザデータが通るユーザプレーンインタフェースが存在してよい。インタフェース114の制御プレーンインタフェースは5GC110内のAMFで終端してよい。インタフェース114のユーザプレーンインタフェースは5GC110内のUPFで終端してよい。インタフェース114の制御プレーンインタフェースをNG-Cインタフェースと呼んでよい。インタフェース114のユーザプレーンインタフェースをNG-Uインタフェースと呼んでよい。ng-eNBまたはgNBで構成される無線アクセスネットワークをNG-RANと称してもよい。NG-RAN、E-UTRANなどを単にネットワークと称してもよい。また、ネットワークには、eNB、ng-eNBおよびgNBなどが含まれてよい。
The eNB102 may have the function of connecting to the 5GC110. The eNB 102 with the function of connecting to the 5GC 110 may be called ng-eNB. Interface 114 is the interface between eNB 102 and 5GC 110 and may be called the NG interface. Interface 114 may include a control plane interface through which control signals pass, and/or a user plane interface through which user data passes. The control plane interface of interface 114 may terminate at the AMF in 5GC 110 . The user plane interface of interface 114 may terminate at UPF in 5GC 110 . The control plane interface of interface 114 may be referred to as the NG-C interface. The user plane interface of interface 114 may be called the NG-U interface. A radio access network composed of ng-eNBs or gNBs may be referred to as NG-RAN. NG-RAN, E-UTRAN, etc. may simply be referred to as networks. Also, the network may include eNBs, ng-eNBs, gNBs, and the like.
なお、1つ又は複数のeNB102が5GC110にインタフェース114を介して接続されてよい。5GC110に接続する複数のeNB102の間に、インタフェースが存在してよい(不図示)。5GC110に接続する複数のeNB102の間のインタフェースを、Xnインタフェースと呼んでよい。また5GC110に接続するeNB102と、5GC110に接続するgNB108は、インタフェース120で接続されてよい。5GC110に接続するeNB102と、5GC110に接続するgNB108の間のインタフェース120は、Xnインタフェースと呼ばれてよい。
Note that one or more eNBs 102 may be connected to the 5GC 110 via the interface 114. There may be interfaces between multiple eNBs 102 that connect to the 5GC 110 (not shown). An interface between multiple eNBs 102 connected to a 5GC 110 may be called an Xn interface. Also, eNB 102 connected to 5GC 110 and gNB 108 connected to 5GC 110 may be connected via interface 120 . The interface 120 between the eNB 102 connected to the 5GC 110 and the gNB 108 connected to the 5GC 110 may be referred to as the Xn interface.
gNB108はEPC104に接続する機能を持ってよい。EPC104に接続する機能をもつgNB108を、en-gNBと呼んでよい。インタフェース118はgNB108とEPC104の間のインタフェースで、S1インタフェースと呼ばれてよい。インタフェース118には、ユーザデータが通るユーザプレーンインタフェースが存在してよい。インタフェース118のユーザプレーンインタフェースはEPC104内のS-GW(不図示)で終端してよい。インタフェース118のユーザプレーンインタフェースをS1-Uインタフェースと呼んでよい。またEPC104に接続するeNB102と、EPC104に接続するgNB108は、インタフェース120で接続されてよい。EPC104に接続するeNB102と、EPC104に接続するgNB108の間のインタフェース120はX2インタフェースと呼ばれてよい。
gNB108 may have the ability to connect to EPC104. A gNB 108 with the ability to connect to an EPC 104 may be called an en-gNB. Interface 118 is the interface between gNB 108 and EPC 104 and may be referred to as the S1 interface. Interface 118 may include a user plane interface through which user data passes. The user plane interface of interface 118 may terminate at an S-GW (not shown) within EPC 104 . The user plane interface of interface 118 may be called the S1-U interface. Also, the eNB 102 connected to the EPC 104 and the gNB 108 connected to the EPC 104 may be connected via an interface 120 . The interface 120 between the eNB 102 that connects to the EPC 104 and the gNB 108 that connects to the EPC 104 may be referred to as the X2 interface.
インタフェース124はEPC104と5GC110間のインタフェースであり、CPのみ、又はUPのみ、又はCP及びUP両方を通すインタフェースであってよい。また、インタフェース114、インタフェース116、インタフェース118、インタフェース120、及びインタフェース124等のうちの一部又は全てのインタフェースは、通信事業者等が提供する通信システムに応じて存在しない場合があってよい。
The interface 124 is the interface between the EPC 104 and the 5GC 110, and may be an interface through CP only, UP only, or both CP and UP. Also, some or all of interfaces 114, 116, 118, 120, 124, etc. may not be present depending on the communication system provided by the carrier.
UE122はeNB102、及び/又はgNB108から送信されるシステム情報や、ページングメッセージを受信する事が可能な端末装置であってよい。またUE122は、eNB102、及び/又はgNB108との無線接続が可能な端末装置であってよい。またUE122は、eNB102との無線接続、及びgNB108と無線接続を同時に行う事が可能な端末装置であってよい。UE122はE-UTRAプロトコル、及び/又はNRプロトコルを持ってよい。なお、無線接続とは、Radio Resource Control(RRC)接続であってよい。
UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of receiving system information and paging messages transmitted from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108. Also, UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of wireless connection with eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 . Also, the UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of establishing a wireless connection with the eNB 102 and a wireless connection with the gNB 108 at the same time. UE 122 may have an E-UTRA protocol and/or an NR protocol. Note that the wireless connection may be a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection.
またUE122は、eNB102及び/又はgNB108を介して、EPC104、及び/又は5GC110との接続が可能な端末装置であってよい。UE122が通信を行うeNB102、及び/又はgNB108の接続先コア網がEPC104である場合、UE122と、eNB102、及び/又はgNB108との間に確立された後述の各データ無線ベアラ(DRB:Data Radio Bearer)は、更にEPC104内を経由する各EPS(Evolved Packet System)ベアラと一意に紐づけられてよい。各EPSベアラは、EPSベアラ識別子(Identity、またはID)で識別されてよい。また同一のEPSベアラを通るIPパケットや、イーサネット(登録商標)フレーム等のデータには同一のQoSが保証されてよい。
Also, the UE 122 may be a terminal device capable of connecting with the EPC 104 and/or the 5GC 110 via the eNB 102 and/or gNB 108. When the connection destination core network of eNB102 and/or gNB108 with which UE122 communicates is EPC104, each data radio bearer (DRB: Data Radio Bearer ) may be uniquely associated with each EPS (Evolved Packet System) bearer passing through the EPC 104. Each EPS bearer may be identified by an EPS bearer identifier (Identity, or ID). Also, the same QoS may be guaranteed for data such as IP packets and Ethernet (registered trademark) frames passing through the same EPS bearer.
また、UE122が通信を行うeNB102、及び/又はgNB108の接続先コア網が5GC110である場合、UE122と、eNB102、及び/又はgNB108との間に確立された各DRBは、更に5GC110内に確立されるPDU(Packet Data Unit)セッションの一つに紐づけられてよい。各PDUセッションには、一つ又は複数のQoSフローが存在してよい。各DRBは、一つ又は複数のQoSフローと対応付け(map)されてよいし、どのQoSフローと対応づけられなくてよい。各PDUセッションは、PDUセッション識別子(Identity、またはID)で識別されてよい。また各QoSフローは、QoSフロー識別子(Identity、またはID)で識別されてよい。また同一のQoSフローを通るIPパケットや、イーサネットフレーム等のデータに同一のQoSが保証されてよい。
In addition, when the connection destination core network of eNB102 and/or gNB108 with which UE122 communicates is 5GC110, each DRB established between UE122 and eNB102 and/or gNB108 is further established within 5GC110. may be associated with one of the PDU (Packet Data Unit) sessions. There may be one or more QoS flows in each PDU session. Each DRB may be mapped to one or more QoS flows, or may not be mapped to any QoS flows. Each PDU session may be identified by a PDU session identifier (Identity, or ID). Also, each QoS flow may be identified by a QoS flow identifier (Identity or ID). Also, the same QoS may be guaranteed for data such as IP packets and Ethernet frames passing through the same QoS flow.
EPC104には、PDUセッション及び/又はQoSフローは存在しなくてよい。また5GC110にはEPSベアラは存在しなくてよい。UE122がEPC104と接続している際、UE122はEPSベアラの情報を持つが、PDUセッション及び/又はQoSフローの内の情報は持たなくてよい。またUE122が5GC110と接続している際、UE122はPDUセッション及び/又はQoSフローの内の情報を持つが、EPSベアラの情報は持たなくてよい。
The EPC 104 may not have PDU sessions and/or QoS flows. Also, 5GC110 does not need to have an EPS bearer. When UE 122 is connected with EPC 104, UE 122 has information of EPS bearers, but may not have information within PDU sessions and/or QoS flows. Also, when the UE 122 is connected to the 5GC 110, the UE 122 may have information in PDU sessions and/or QoS flows, but not EPS bearer information.
なお、以下の説明において、eNB102および/またはgNB108を単に基地局装置とも称し、UE122を単に端末装置又はUEとも称する。
In the following description, eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 are also simply referred to as base station apparatuses, and UE 122 is simply referred to as terminal apparatus or UE.
図2は本実施形態に係るE-UTRAプロトコル構成(protocol architecture)の一例の図である。また図3は本実施形態に係るNRプロトコル構成の一例の図である。なお図2及び/又は図3を用いて説明する各プロトコルの機能は、本実施形態に密接に関わる一部の機能であり、他の機能を持っていてよい。なお、本実施形態において、上りリンク(uplink:UL)とは端末装置から基地局装置へのリンクであってよい。また本実施形態において、下りリンク(downlink:DL)とは基地局装置から端末装置へのリンクであってよい。
FIG. 2 is a diagram of an example of the E-UTRA protocol architecture according to this embodiment. FIG. 3 is a diagram of an example of the NR protocol configuration according to this embodiment. Note that the functions of each protocol described using FIG. 2 and/or FIG. 3 are part of the functions closely related to this embodiment, and may have other functions. In addition, in this embodiment, the uplink (UL) may be a link from a terminal device to a base station device. Also, in this embodiment, the downlink (DL) may be a link from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus.
図2(A)はE-UTRAユーザプレーン(UP)プロトコルスタックの図である。図2(A)に示す通り、E-UTRAN UPプロトコルは、UE122とeNB102の間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちE-UTRANUPプロトコルは、ネットワーク側ではeNB102で終端するプロトコルであってよい。図2(A)に示す通り、E-UTRAユーザプレーンプロトコルスタックは、無線物理層(無線物理レイヤ)であるPHY(Physical layer)200、媒体アクセス制御層(媒体アクセス制御レイヤ)であるMAC(Medium Access Control)202、無線リンク制御層(無線リンク制御レイヤ)であるRLC(Radio Link Control)204、及びパケットデータ収束プロトコル層(パケットデータ収束プロトコルレイヤ)であるPDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol)206から構成されてよい。
Figure 2(A) is a diagram of the E-UTRA User Plane (UP) protocol stack. The E-UTRAN UP protocol may be the protocol between UE 122 and eNB 102, as shown in FIG. 2(A). That is, the E-UTRANUP protocol may be a protocol that terminates at the eNB 102 on the network side. As shown in Figure 2(A), the E-UTRA user plane protocol stack consists of a PHY (Physical layer) 200 that is a radio physical layer (radio physical layer), a MAC (Medium) that is a medium access control layer (medium access control layer). Access Control) 202, RLC (Radio Link Control) 204 as a radio link control layer (radio link control layer), and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) 206 as a packet data convergence protocol layer. may be
図3(A)はNRユーザプレーン(UP)プロトコルスタックの図である。図3(A)に示す通り、NRUPプロトコルは、UE122とgNB108の間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちNR UPプロトコルは、ネットワーク側ではgNB108で終端するプロトコルであってよい。図3(A)に示す通り、E-UTRAユーザプレーンプロトコルスタックは、無線物理層であるPHY300、媒体アクセス制御層であるMAC302、無線リンク制御層であるRLC304、パケットデータ収束プロトコル層である、PDCP306、及びサービスデータ適応プロトコル層(サービスデータ適応プロトコルレイヤ)であるSDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol)310であるから構成されてよい。
Figure 3(A) is a diagram of the NR user plane (UP) protocol stack. The NRUP protocol may be the protocol between UE 122 and gNB 108, as shown in FIG. 3(A). That is, the NR UP protocol may be a protocol that terminates at the gNB 108 on the network side. As shown in FIG. 3(A), the E-UTRA user plane protocol stack consists of PHY 300, which is a radio physical layer, MAC 302, which is a medium access control layer, RLC 304, which is a radio link control layer, and PDCP 306, which is a packet data convergence protocol layer. , and SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol) 310, which is a service data adaptation protocol layer.
図2(B)はE-UTRA制御プレーン(CP)プロトコル構成の図である。図2(B)に示す通り、E-UTRAN CPプロトコルにおいて、無線リソース制御層(無線リソース制御レイヤ)であるRRC(Radio Resource Control)208は、UE122とeNB102の間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちRRC208は、ネットワーク側ではeNB102で終端するプロトコルであってよい。またE-UTRAN CPプロトコルにおいて、非AS(Access Stratum)層(非ASレイヤ)であるNAS(Non Access Stratum)210は、UE122とMMEとの間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちNAS210は、ネットワーク側ではMMEで終端するプロトコルであってよい。
Figure 2(B) is a diagram of the E-UTRA control plane (CP) protocol configuration. As shown in FIG. 2(B), in the E-UTRAN CP protocol, RRC (Radio Resource Control) 208, which is a radio resource control layer (radio resource control layer), may be a protocol between UE 122 and eNB 102. That is, RRC 208 may be a protocol that terminates at eNB 102 on the network side. Also, in the E-UTRAN CP protocol, NAS (Non Access Stratum) 210, which is a non-AS (Access Stratum) layer (non-AS layer), may be a protocol between UE 122 and MME. That is, the NAS 210 may be a protocol that terminates at the MME on the network side.
図3(B)はNR制御プレーン(CP)プロトコル構成の図である。図3(B)に示す通り、NR CPプロトコルにおいて、無線リソース制御層であるRRC308は、UE122とgNB108の間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちRRC308は、ネットワーク側ではgNB108で終端するプロトコルであってよい。またE-UTRAN CPプロトコルにおいて、非AS層であるNAS312は、UE122とAMFとの間のプロトコルであってよい。即ちNAS312は、ネットワーク側ではAMFで終端するプロトコルであってよい。
Fig. 3(B) is a diagram of the NR control plane (CP) protocol configuration. As shown in FIG. 3(B), in the NR CP protocol, RRC 308, which is a radio resource control layer, may be a protocol between UE 122 and gNB 108. That is, RRC 308 may be a protocol that terminates at gNB 108 on the network side. Also in the E-UTRAN CP protocol, the non-AS layer NAS 312 may be the protocol between the UE 122 and AMF. That is, the NAS 312 may be a protocol that terminates with AMF on the network side.
なおAS(Access Stratum)層とは、UE122とeNB102及び/又はgNB108との間で終端する層であってよい。即ちAS層とは、PHY200、MAC202、RLC204、PDCP206、及びRRC208の一部又は全てを含む層、及び/又はPHY300、MAC302、RLC304、PDCP306、SDAP310、及びRRC308の一部又は全てを含む層であってよい。
The AS (Access Stratum) layer may be a layer that terminates between UE 122 and eNB 102 and/or gNB 108. That is, the AS layer is a layer including part or all of PHY200, MAC202, RLC204, PDCP206 and RRC208 and/or a layer including part or all of PHY300, MAC302, RLC304, PDCP306, SDAP310 and RRC308. you can
なお本実施形態において、以下E-UTRAのプロトコルとNRのプロトコルを区別せず、PHY(PHY層)、MAC(MAC層)、RLC(RLC層)、PDCP(PDCP層)、RRC(RRC層)、NAS(NAS層)と言う用語を用いる場合がある。この場合、PHY(PHY層)、MAC(MAC層)、RLC(RLC層)、PDCP(PDCP層)、RRC(RRC層)、NAS(NAS層)は其々E-UTRAプロトコルのPHY(PHY層)、MAC(MAC層)、RLC(RLC層)、PDCP(PDCP層)、RRC(RRC層)、NAS(NAS層)であってよいし、NRプロトコルの、PHY(PHY層)、MAC(MAC層)、RLC(RLC層)、PDCP(PDCP層)、RRC(RRC層)、NAS(NAS層)であってよい。またSDAP(SDAP層)は、NRプロトコルのSDAP(SDAP層)であってよい。
In this embodiment, the E-UTRA protocol and the NR protocol are not distinguished, and PHY (PHY layer), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer) , the term NAS (NAS layer) may be used. In this case, PHY (PHY layer), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer), and NAS (NAS layer) are the PHY (PHY layer) of the E-UTRA protocol. ), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer), NAS (NAS layer), NR protocol, PHY (PHY layer), MAC (MAC layer), RLC (RLC layer), PDCP (PDCP layer), RRC (RRC layer), NAS (NAS layer). Also, the SDAP (SDAP layer) may be the SDAP (SDAP layer) of the NR protocol.
また本実施形態において、以下E-UTRAのプロトコルとNRのプロトコルを区別する場合、PHY200、MAC202、RLC204、PDCP206、及びRRC208を、それぞれE-UTRA用PHY又はLTE用PHY、E-UTRA用MAC又はLTE用MAC、E-UTRA用RLC又はLTE用RLC、E-UTRA用PDCP又はLTE用PDCP、及びE-UTRA用RRC又はLTE用RRCと呼ぶ事もある。またPHY200、MAC202、RLC204、PDCP206、及びRRC208を、それぞれE-UTRA PHY又はLTE PHY、E-UTRA MAC又はLTE MAC、E-UTRA RLC又はLTE RLC、E-UTRA PDCP又はLTE PDCP、及びE-UTRA RRC又はLTE RRCなどと記述する場合もある。また、E-UTRAのプロトコルとNRのプロトコルを区別する場合、PHY300、MAC302、RLC304、PDCP306、RRC308を、それぞれNR用PHY、NR用MAC、NR用RLC、NR用RLC、及びNR用RRCと呼ぶ事もある。またPHY200、MAC302、RLC304、PDCP306、及びRRC308を、それぞれNR PHY、NR MAC、NR RLC、NR PDCP、NR RRCなどと記述する場合もある。
Further, in the present embodiment, when distinguishing between the E-UTRA protocol and the NR protocol, PHY 200, MAC 202, RLC 204, PDCP 206, and RRC 208 are respectively defined as E-UTRA PHY or LTE PHY, E-UTRA MAC or They are also called MAC for LTE, RLC for E-UTRA or RLC for LTE, PDCP for E-UTRA or PDCP for LTE, and RRC for E-UTRA or RRC for LTE. PHY200, MAC202, RLC204, PDCP206 and RRC208 respectively E-UTRA PHY or LTE PHY, E-UTRA MAC or LTE MAC, E-UTRA RLC or LTE RLC, E-UTRA PDCP or LTE PDCP and E-UTRA It may also be described as RRC or LTE RRC. When distinguishing between E-UTRA protocol and NR protocol, PHY 300, MAC 302, RLC 304, PDCP 306, and RRC 308 are called PHY for NR, MAC for NR, RLC for NR, RLC for NR, and RRC for NR, respectively. There is also a thing. PHY 200, MAC 302, RLC 304, PDCP 306, and RRC 308 may also be described as NR PHY, NR MAC, NR RLC, NR PDCP, NR RRC, etc., respectively.
E-UTRA及び/又はNRのAS層におけるエンティティ(entity)について説明する。MAC層の機能の一部又は全てを持つエンティティの事をMACエンティティと呼んでよい。RLC層の機能の一部又は全てを持つエンティティの事をRLCエンティティと呼んでよい。PDCP層の機能の一部又は全てを持つエンティティの事をPDCPエンティティと呼んでよい。SDAP層の機能の一部又は全てを持つエンティティの事をSDAPエンティティと呼んでよい。RRC層の機能の一部又は全てを持つエンティティの事をRRCエンティティと呼んでよい。MACエンティティ、RLCエンティティ、PDCPエンティティ、SDAPエンティティ、RRCエンティティを、其々MAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAP、RRCと言い換えてよい。
Explain the entities in the AS layer of E-UTRA and/or NR. An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the MAC layer may be called a MAC entity. An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the RLC layer may be called an RLC entity. An entity that has some or all of the functions of the PDCP layer may be called a PDCP entity. An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the SDAP layer may be called an SDAP entity. An entity that has some or all of the functionality of the RRC layer may be called an RRC entity. The MAC entity, RLC entity, PDCP entity, SDAP entity, and RRC entity may be replaced with MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP, and RRC, respectively.
なお、MAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAPから下位層に提供されるデータ、及び/又はMAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAPに下位層から提供されるデータの事を、それぞれMAC PDU(Protocol Data Unit)、RLC PDU、PDCP PDU、SDAP PDUと呼んでよい。また、MAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAPに上位層から提供されるデータ、及び/又はMAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAPから上位層に提供するデータの事を、それぞれMAC SDU(Service Data Unit)、RLC SDU、PDCP SDU、SDAP SDUと呼んでよい。また、セグメントされたRLC SDUの事をRLC SDUセグメントと呼んでよい。
The data provided from MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP to the lower layer and/or the data provided from the lower layer to MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP shall be MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit), RLC respectively. You may call them PDUs, PDCP PDUs, and SDAP PDUs. In addition, MAC SDU (Service Data Unit) and RLC SDU for data provided from upper layers to MAC, RLC, PDCP, and SDAP and/or data provided from MAC, RLC, PDCP, and SDAP to upper layers, respectively , PDCP SDU, and SDAP SDU. A segmented RLC SDU may also be called an RLC SDU segment.
ここで、基地局装置と端末装置は、上位層(上位レイヤ:higher layer)において信号をやり取り(送受信)する。例えば、基地局装置と端末装置は、無線リソース制御(RRC:Radio Resource Control)層において、RRCメッセージ(RRC message、RRC information、RRC signallingとも称される)を送受信してもよい。また、基地局装置と端末装置は、MAC(Medium Access Control)層において、MACコントロールエレメントを送受信してもよい。また、端末装置のRRC層は、基地局装置から報知されるシステム情報を取得する。ここで、RRCメッセージ、システム情報、および/または、MACコントロールエレメントは、上位層の信号(上位レイヤ信号:higher layer signaling)または上位層のパラメータ(上位レイヤパラメータ:higher layer parameter)とも称される。端末装置が受信した上位レイヤ信号に含まれるパラメータのそれぞれが上位レイヤパラメータと称されてもよい。PHY層の処理において上位層は、PHY層から見た上位層を意味するため、MAC層、RRC層、RLC層、PDCP層、NAS(Non Access Stratum)層などの1つまたは複数を意味してもよい。例えば、MAC層の処理において上位層とは、RRC層、RLC層、PDCP層、NAS層などの1つまたは複数を意味してもよい。以下、“Aは、上位層で与えられる(提供される)”や“Aは、上位層によって与えられる(提供される)”の意味は、端末装置の上位層(主にRRC層やMAC層など)が、基地局装置からAを受信し、その受信したAが端末装置の上位層から端末装置の物理層に与えられる(提供される)ことを意味してもよい。例えば、端末装置において「上位レイヤパラメータを提供される」とは、基地局装置から上位レイヤ信号を受信し、受信した上位レイヤ信号に含まれる上位レイヤパラメータが端末装置の上位層から端末装置1の物理層に提供されることを意味してもよい。端末装置に上位レイヤパラメータが設定されることは端末装置に対して上位レイヤパラメータが与えられる(提供される)ことを意味してもよい。例えば、端末装置に上位レイヤパラメータが設定されることは、端末装置が基地局装置から上位レイヤ信号を受信し、受信した上位レイヤパラメータを上位層で設定することを意味してもよい。ただし、端末装置に上位レイヤパラメータが設定されることには、端末装置の上位層に予め与えられているデフォルトパラメータが設定されることを含んでもよい。端末装置から基地局装置にRRCメッセージを送信することを説明する際に、端末装置のRRCエンティティから下位層(下位レイヤ:lower layer)にメッセージを提出(submit)するという表現を使用する場合がある。端末装置において、RRCエンティティから「下位層にメッセージを提出する」とは、PDCP層にメッセージを提出することを意味してもよい。端末装置において、RRC層から「下位層にメッセージを提出(submit)する」とは、RRCのメッセージは、SRB (SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3など)を使って送信されるため、それぞれのSRBに対応したPDCPエンティティに提出することを意味してもよい。端末装置のRRCエンティティが下位層から指摘(indication)を受ける際、その下位層は、PHY層、MAC層、RLC層、PDCP層、などの1つまたは複数を意味してもよい。
Here, the base station device and the terminal device exchange (transmit and receive) signals in a higher layer. For example, the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus may transmit and receive RRC messages (also referred to as RRC message, RRC information, and RRC signaling) in the radio resource control (RRC) layer. Also, the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus may transmit and receive MAC control elements in the MAC (Medium Access Control) layer. Also, the RRC layer of the terminal device acquires system information broadcast from the base station device. Here, RRC messages, system information and/or MAC control elements are also referred to as higher layer signals (higher layer signaling) or higher layer parameters (higher layer parameters). Each parameter included in the higher layer signal received by the terminal device may be referred to as a higher layer parameter. In the processing of the PHY layer, the upper layer means the upper layer seen from the PHY layer, so it means one or more of the MAC layer, RRC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, NAS (Non Access Stratum) layer, etc. good too. For example, higher layers in MAC layer processing may mean one or more of the RRC layer, the RLC layer, the PDCP layer, the NAS layer, and the like. Hereinafter, the meanings of "A is given (provided) by the upper layer" and "A is given (provided) by the upper layer" refer to the upper layers of the terminal device (mainly the RRC layer and the MAC layer). etc.) may mean that A is received from the base station apparatus, and the received A is provided (provided) from the upper layer of the terminal apparatus to the physical layer of the terminal apparatus. For example, "provided with upper layer parameters" in the terminal device means that an upper layer signal is received from the base station device, and the upper layer parameters included in the received upper layer signal are transmitted from the upper layer of the terminal device to the terminal device 1. It may mean provided to the physical layer. Setting higher layer parameters in a terminal device may mean giving (providing) higher layer parameters to the terminal device. For example, setting upper layer parameters in a terminal device may mean that the terminal device receives an upper layer signal from the base station apparatus and sets the received upper layer parameters in the upper layer. However, the setting of the upper layer parameters in the terminal device may include the setting of default parameters previously given to the upper layer of the terminal device. When describing transmission of an RRC message from a terminal device to a base station device, the expression "submitting a message from the RRC entity of the terminal device to the lower layer" may be used. . In the terminal device, "submitting a message to the lower layer" from the RRC entity may mean submitting the message to the PDCP layer. In the terminal device, "submitting a message from the RRC layer to the lower layer" means that the RRC message is sent using SRB (SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3, etc.), so each SRB It may mean submitting to the corresponding PDCP entity. When a terminal's RRC entity receives an indication from a lower layer, that lower layer may mean one or more of the PHY layer, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, and so on.
PHYの機能の一例について説明する。端末装置のPHYは基地局装置のPHYから、下りリンク(Downlink:DL)物理チャネル(Physical Channel)を介して伝送されたデータを受信する機能を有してよい。端末装置のPHYは基地局装置のPHYに対し、上りリンク(Uplink:UL)物理チャネルを介してデータを送信する機能を有してよい。PHYは上位のMACと、トランスポートチャネル(Transport Channel)で接続されてよい。PHYはトランスポートチャネルを介してMACにデータを受け渡してよい。またPHYはトランスポートチャネルを介してMACからデータを提供されてよい。PHYにおいて、様々な制御情報を識別するために、RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identifier)が用いられてよい。
I will explain an example of PHY functions. The PHY of the terminal device may have a function of receiving data transmitted from the PHY of the base station device via a downlink (DL) physical channel. The PHY of the terminal device may have a function of transmitting data to the PHY of the base station device via an uplink (UL) physical channel. A PHY may be connected to a higher-level MAC via a Transport Channel. The PHY may pass data to the MAC over transport channels. The PHY may also be provided with data from the MAC over the transport channel. In the PHY, RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) may be used to identify various control information.
ここで、物理チャネルについて説明する。端末装置と基地局装置との無線通信に用いられる物理チャネルには、以下の物理チャネルが含まれてよい。
Here, the physical channel will be explained. Physical channels used for wireless communication between the terminal apparatus and the base station apparatus may include the following physical channels.
PBCH(物理報知チャネル:Physical Broadcast CHannel)
PDCCH(物理下りリンク制御チャネル:Physical Downlink Control CHannel)
PDSCH(物理下りリンク共用チャネル:Physical Downlink Shared CHannel)
PUCCH(物理上りリンク制御チャネル:Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
PUSCH(物理上りリンク共用チャネル:Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
PRACH(物理ランダムアクセスチャネル:Physical Random Access CHannel) PBCH (Physical Broadcast CHannel)
PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel)
PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared CHannel)
PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel)
PDCCH(物理下りリンク制御チャネル:Physical Downlink Control CHannel)
PDSCH(物理下りリンク共用チャネル:Physical Downlink Shared CHannel)
PUCCH(物理上りリンク制御チャネル:Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
PUSCH(物理上りリンク共用チャネル:Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
PRACH(物理ランダムアクセスチャネル:Physical Random Access CHannel) PBCH (Physical Broadcast CHannel)
PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel)
PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared CHannel)
PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control CHannel)
PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)
PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel)
PBCHは、端末装置が必要とするシステム情報を報知するために用いられてよい。
The PBCH may be used to broadcast system information required by terminal equipment.
また、NRにおいて、PBCHは、同期信号のブロック(Synchronization Signal Block:SSB)の周期内の時間インデックス(SSB-Index)を報知するために用いられてよい。
Also, in NR, the PBCH may be used to report the time index (SSB-Index) within the period of the synchronization signal block (SSB).
PDCCHは、下りリンクの無線通信(基地局装置から端末装置への無線通信)において、下りリンク制御情報(Downlink Control Information:DCI)を送信する(または運ぶ)ために用いられてよい。ここで、下りリンク制御情報の送信に対して、一つまたは複数のDCI(DCIフォーマットと称してもよい)が定義されてよい。すなわち、下りリンク制御情報に対するフィールドがDCIとして定義され、情報ビットへマップされてよい。PDCCHは、PDCCH候補(candidate)において送信されてよい。端末装置は、サービングセルにおいてPDCCH候補のセットをモニタしてよい。PDCCH候補のセットをモニタするとは、あるDCIフォーマットに応じてPDCCHのデコードを試みることを意味してよい。また、端末装置は、CORESET(Control Resource Set)を、PDCCH候補のセットをモニタするために用いてよい。DCIフォーマットは、サービングセルにおけるPUSCHのスケジューリングのために用いられてもよい。PUSCHは、ユーザデータの送信や、後述するRRCメッセージの送信などのために使われてよい。
The PDCCH may be used to transmit (or carry) downlink control information (DCI) in downlink radio communication (radio communication from the base station device to the terminal device). Here, one or more DCIs (which may also be referred to as DCI formats) may be defined for transmission of downlink control information. That is, a field for downlink control information may be defined as DCI and mapped to information bits. A PDCCH may be sent in a PDCCH candidate. A terminal may monitor a set of PDCCH candidates in a serving cell. Monitoring a set of PDCCH candidates may mean attempting to decode the PDCCH according to a certain DCI format. Also, the terminal device may use CORESET (Control Resource Set) to monitor the set of PDCCH candidates. The DCI format may be used for PUSCH scheduling in the serving cell. PUSCH may be used for transmission of user data, transmission of RRC messages to be described later, and the like.
PUCCHは、上りリンクの無線通信(端末装置から基地局装置への無線通信)において、上りリンク制御情報(Uplink Control Information:UCI)を送信するために用いられてよい。ここで、上りリンク制御情報には、下りリンクのチャネルの状態を示すために用いられるチャネル状態情報(CSI:Channel State Information)が含まれてもよい。また、上りリンク制御情報には、UL-SCH(UL-SCH:Uplink Shared CHannel)リソースを要求するために用いられるスケジューリング要求(SR:Scheduling Request)が含まれてもよい。また、上りリンク制御情報には、HARQ-ACK(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement)が含まれてもよい。
The PUCCH may be used to transmit uplink control information (UCI) in uplink radio communication (radio communication from a terminal device to a base station device). Here, the uplink control information may include channel state information (CSI: Channel State Information) used to indicate the state of the downlink channel. Also, the uplink control information may include a scheduling request (SR: Scheduling Request) used to request UL-SCH (UL-SCH: Uplink Shared CHannel) resources. Also, the uplink control information may include HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement).
PDSCHは、MAC層からの下りリンクデータ(DL-SCH:Downlink Shared CHannel)の送信に用いられてよい。またPDSCHは、下りリンクの場合にはシステム情報(SI:System Information)やランダムアクセス応答(RAR:Random Access Response)などの送信に用いられてよい。
The PDSCH may be used to transmit downlink data (DL-SCH: Downlink Shared CHannel) from the MAC layer. PDSCH may also be used for transmission of system information (SI: System Information), random access response (RAR: Random Access Response), etc. in the case of downlink.
PUSCHは、MAC層からの上りリンクデータ(UL-SCH:Uplink Shared CHannel)または上りリンクデータと共にHARQ-ACKおよび/またはCSIを送信するために用いられてもよい。またPUSCHは、CSIのみ、または、HARQ-ACKおよびCSIのみを送信するために用いられてもよい。すなわちPUSCHは、UCIのみを送信するために用いられてもよい。また、PDSCHまたはPUSCHは、RRCシグナリング(RRCメッセージとも称する)、およびMAC CEを送信するために用いられてもよい。ここで、PDSCHにおいて、基地局装置から送信されるRRCシグナリングは、セル内における複数の端末装置に対して共通のシグナリングであってもよい。また、基地局装置から送信されるRRCシグナリングは、ある端末装置に対して専用のシグナリング(dedicated signalingとも称する)であってもよい。すなわち、端末装置固有(UEスペシフィック)の情報は、ある端末装置に対して専用のシグナリングを用いて送信されてもよい。また、PUSCHは、上りリンクにおいてUEの能力(UE Capability)の送信に用いられてもよい。
PUSCH may be used to transmit HARQ-ACK and/or CSI together with uplink data (UL-SCH: Uplink Shared CHannel) or uplink data from the MAC layer. PUSCH may also be used to transmit CSI only, or HARQ-ACK and CSI only. That is, PUSCH may be used to transmit UCI only. PDSCH or PUSCH may also be used to transmit RRC signaling (also referred to as RRC messages) and MAC CE. Here, in the PDSCH, RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus may be signaling common to multiple terminal apparatuses within the cell. Also, the RRC signaling transmitted from the base station apparatus may be signaling dedicated to a certain terminal apparatus (also referred to as dedicated signaling). That is, terminal device-specific (UE-specific) information may be transmitted using signaling dedicated to a certain terminal device. PUSCH may also be used to transmit UE Capability in the uplink.
PRACHは、ランダムアクセスプリアンブルを送信するために用いられてもよい。PRACHは、初期コネクション確立(initial connection establishment)プロシージャ、ハンドオーバプロシージャ、コネクション再確立(connection re-establishment)プロシージャ、上りリンク送信に対する同期(タイミング調整)、およびUL-SCHリソースの要求を示すために用いられてもよい。
The PRACH may be used to transmit random access preambles. PRACH is used to indicate initial connection establishment procedures, handover procedures, connection re-establishment procedures, synchronization (timing adjustments) for uplink transmissions, and requests for UL-SCH resources. may
MACの機能の一例について説明する。MACは、MAC副層(サブレイヤ)と呼ばれてよい。MACは、多様な論理チャネル(ロジカルチャネル:Logical Channel)を、対応するトランスポートチャネルに対してマッピングを行う機能を持ってよい。論理チャネルは、論理チャネル識別子(Logical Channel Identity、又はLogical Channel ID)によって識別されてよい。MACは上位のRLCと、論理チャネル(ロジカルチャネル)で接続されてよい。論理チャネルは、伝送される情報の種類によって、制御情報を伝送する制御チャネルと、ユーザ情報を伝送するトラフィックチャネルに分けられてよい。また論理チャネルは、上りリンク論理チャネルと、下りリンク論理チャネルに分けられてよい。MACは、一つ又は複数の異なる論理チャネルに所属するMAC SDUを多重化(multiplexing)して、PHYに提供する機能を持ってよい。またMACは、PHYから提供されたMAC PDUを逆多重化(demultiplexing)し、各MAC SDUが所属する論理チャネルを介して上位レイヤに提供する機能を持ってよい。またMACは、HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest)を通して誤り訂正を行う機能を持ってよい。またMACは、スケジューリング情報(scheduling information)をレポートする、スケジューリングレポート(Scheduling Report:SR)機能を持ってよい。MACは、動的スケジューリングを用いて、端末装置間の優先処理を行う機能を持ってよい。またMACは、一つの端末装置内の論理チャネル間の優先処理を行う機能を持ってよい。MACは、一つの端末装置内でオーバーラップしたリソースの優先処理を行う機能を持ってよい。E-UTRA MACはMultimediaBroadcast Multicast Services(MBMS)を識別する機能を持ってよい。またNR MACは、マルチキャスト/ブロードキャストサービス(Multicast Broadcast Service:MBS)を識別する機能を持ってよい。MACは、トランスポートフォーマットを選択する機能を持ってよい。MACは、間欠受信(DRX:Discontinuous Reception)及び/又は間欠送信(DTX:Discontinuous Transmission)を行う機能、ランダムアクセス(Random Access:RA)手順を実行する機能、送信可能電力の情報を通知する、パワーヘッドルームレポート(Power Headroom Report:PHR)機能、送信バッファのデータ量情報を通知する、バッファステイタスレポート(Buffer Status Report:BSR)機能、などを持ってよい。NR MACは帯域適応(Bandwidth Adaptation:BA)機能を持ってよい。またE-UTRA MACで用いられるMAC PDUフォーマットとNR MACで用いられるMAC PDUフォーマットは異なってよい。またMAC PDUには、MACにおいて制御を行うための要素である、MAC制御要素(MACコントロールエレメント:MAC CE)が含まれてよい。
I will explain an example of MAC functions. A MAC may be referred to as a MAC sublayer. A MAC may have the capability to map various logical channels (Logical Channels) to corresponding transport channels. A logical channel may be identified by a logical channel identifier (Logical Channel Identity or Logical Channel ID). A MAC may be connected to an upper RLC via a logical channel (logical channel). Logical channels may be divided into control channels for transmitting control information and traffic channels for transmitting user information according to the type of information to be transmitted. Logical channels may also be divided into uplink logical channels and downlink logical channels. The MAC may have the ability to multiplex MAC SDUs belonging to one or more different logical channels and provide them to the PHY. The MAC may also have the function of demultiplexing the MAC PDUs provided by the PHY and providing them to upper layers via the logical channel to which each MAC SDU belongs. Also, the MAC may have a function of performing error correction through HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest). The MAC may also have a Scheduling Report (SR) function for reporting scheduling information. The MAC may have a function of performing priority processing between terminal devices using dynamic scheduling. Also, the MAC may have a function of performing priority processing between logical channels within one terminal device. The MAC may have a function of prioritizing overlapping resources within one terminal device. The E-UTRA MAC may have the capability to identify MultimediaBroadcast Multicast Services (MBMS). The NR MAC may also have a function of identifying Multicast/Broadcast Service (MBS). A MAC may have the ability to select a transport format. MAC has a function of performing discontinuous reception (DRX) and / or discontinuous transmission (DTX: discontinuous transmission), a function of executing random access (RA) procedure, notifying information of transmittable power, power It may have a headroom report (Power Headroom Report: PHR) function, a buffer status report (BSR) function that notifies the amount of data in the transmission buffer, and so on. NR MAC may have a Bandwidth Adaptation (BA) function. Also, the MAC PDU format used in E-UTRA MAC and the MAC PDU format used in NR MAC may be different. The MAC PDU may also include a MAC control element (MAC control element: MAC CE), which is an element for performing control in MAC.
E-UTRA及び/又はNRで用いられる、上りリンク(UL:Uplink)、及び/又は下りリンク(DL:Downlink)用論理チャネルについて説明する。
Explains the uplink (UL: Uplink) and/or downlink (DL: Downlink) logical channels used in E-UTRA and/or NR.
BCCH(Broadcast Control Channel)は、システム情報(SI:System Information)等の、制御情報を報知(broadcast)するための下りリンク論理チャネルであってよい。
BCCH (Broadcast Control Channel) may be a downlink logical channel for broadcasting control information such as system information (SI: System Information).
PCCH(Paging Control Channel)は、ページング(Paging)メッセージを運ぶための下りリンク論理チャネルであってよい。
A PCCH (Paging Control Channel) may be a downlink logical channel for carrying paging messages.
CCCH(Common Control Channel)は、端末装置と基地局装置との間で制御情報を送信するための論理チャネルであってよい。CCCHは、端末装置が、RRC接続を有しない場合に用いられてよい。またCCCHは基地局装置と複数の端末装置との間で使われてよい。
A CCCH (Common Control Channel) may be a logical channel for transmitting control information between a terminal device and a base station device. CCCH may be used when the terminal does not have an RRC connection. CCCH may also be used between the base station apparatus and a plurality of terminal apparatuses.
DCCH(Dedicated Control Channel)は、端末装置と基地局装置との間で、1対1(point-to-point)の双方向(bi-directional)で、専用制御情報を送信するための論理チャネルであってよい。専用制御情報とは、各端末装置専用の制御情報であってよい。DCCHは、端末装置が、RRC接続を有する場合に用いられてよい。
DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) is a logical channel for transmitting dedicated control information in a one-to-one (point-to-point) bi-directional manner between a terminal device and a base station device. It's okay. Dedicated control information may be control information dedicated to each terminal device. DCCH may be used when a terminal device has an RRC connection.
DTCH(Dedicated Traffic Channel)は、端末装置と基地局装置との間で、1対1(point-to-point)で、ユーザデータを送信するための論理チャネルであってよい。DTCHは専用ユーザデータを送信するための論理チャネルであってよい。専用ユーザデータとは、各端末装置専用のユーザデータであってよい。DTCHは上りリンク、下りリンク両方に存在してよい。
A DTCH (Dedicated Traffic Channel) may be a logical channel for transmitting user data on a one-to-one (point-to-point) basis between a terminal device and a base station device. A DTCH may be a logical channel for transmitting dedicated user data. Dedicated user data may be user data dedicated to each terminal device. DTCH may exist in both uplink and downlink.
E-UTRA及び/又はNRにおける上りリンクの、論理チャネルとトランスポートチャネルのマッピングについて説明する。
Explains the uplink mapping of logical channels and transport channels in E-UTRA and/or NR.
CCCHは、上りリンクトランスポートチャネルである、UL-SCH(Uplink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
CCCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
DCCHは、上りリンクトランスポートチャネルである、UL-SCH(Uplink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
The DCCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
DTCHは、上りリンクトランスポートチャネルである、UL-SCH(Uplink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
DTCH may be mapped to UL-SCH (Uplink Shared Channel), which is an uplink transport channel.
E-UTRA及び/又はNRにおける下りリンクの、論理チャネルとトランスポートチャネルのマッピングについて説明する。
Explains the mapping of downlink logical channels and transport channels in E-UTRA and/or NR.
BCCHは、下りリンクトランスポートチャネルであるBCH(Broadcast Channel)、及び/又はDL-SCH(Downlink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
A BCCH may be mapped to a BCH (Broadcast Channel), which is a downlink transport channel, and/or a DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel).
PCCHは、下りリンクトランスポートチャネルであるPCH(Paging Channel)にマップされてよい。
PCCH may be mapped to PCH (Paging Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
CCCHは、下りリンクトランスポートチャネルであるDL-SCH(Downlink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
CCCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
DCCHは、下りリンクトランスポートチャネルであるDL-SCH(Downlink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
The DCCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
DTCHは、下りリンクトランスポートチャネルであるDL-SCH(Downlink Shared Channel)にマップされてよい。
DTCH may be mapped to DL-SCH (Downlink Shared Channel), which is a downlink transport channel.
RLCの機能の一例について説明する。RLCは、RLC副層(サブレイヤ)と呼ばれてよい。E-UTRA RLCは、上位レイヤのPDCPから提供されたデータを、分割(Segmentation)及び/又は結合(Concatenation)し、下位層(下位レイヤ)に提供する機能を持ってよい。E-UTRA RLCは、下位レイヤから提供されたデータに対し、再組立て(reassembly)及びリオーダリング(re-ordering)を行い、上位レイヤに提供する機能を持ってよい。NR RLCは、上位レイヤのPDCPから提供されたデータに、PDCPで付加されたシーケンス番号とは独立したシーケンス番号を付加する機能を持ってよい。またNR RLCは、PDCPから提供されたデータを分割(Segmentation)し、下位レイヤに提供する機能を持ってよい。またNR RLCは、下位レイヤから提供されたデータに対し、再組立て(reassembly)を行い、上位レイヤに提供する機能を持ってよい。またRLCは、データの再送機能及び/又は再送要求機能(Automatic Repeat reQuest:ARQ)を持ってよい。またRLCは、ARQによりエラー訂正を行う機能を持ってよい。ARQを行うために、RLCの受信側から送信側に送られる、再送が必要なデータを示す制御情報を、ステータスレポートと言ってよい。またRLCの送信側から受信側に送られる、ステータスレポート送信指示の事をポール(poll)と言ってよい。またRLCは、データ重複の検出を行う機能を持ってよい。またRLCはデータ破棄の機能を持ってよい。RLCには、トランスパレントモード(TM:Transparent Mode)、非応答モード(UM:Unacknowledged Mode)、応答モード(AM:Acknowledged Mode)の3つのモードがあってよい。TMでは上位層から受信したデータの分割は行わず、RLCヘッダの付加は行わなくてよい。TM RLCエンティティは単方向(uni-directional)のエンティティであって、送信(transmitting)TM RLCエンティティとして、又は受信(receiving)TM RLCエンティティとして設定されてよい。UMでは上位層から受信したデータの分割及び/又は結合、RLCヘッダの付加等は行うが、データの再送制御は行わなくてよい。UM RLCエンティティは単方向のエンティティであってもよいし双方向(bi-directional)のエンティティであってもよい。UM RLCエンティティが単方向のエンティティである場合、UM RLCエンティティは送信UM RLCエンティティとして、又は受信UMRLCエンティティとして設定されてよい。UM RLCエンティティが双方向のエンティティである場合、UM RRCエンティティは送信(transmitting)サイド及び受信(receiving)サイドから構成されるUM RLCエンティティとして設定されてよい。AMでは上位層から受信したデータの分割及び/又は結合、RLCヘッダの付加、データの再送制御等を行ってよい。AM RLCエンティティは双方向のエンティティであって、送信(transmitting)サイド及び受信(receiving)サイドから構成されるAM RLCとして設定されてよい。なお、TMで下位層に提供するデータ、及び/又は下位層から提供されるデータの事をTMD PDUと呼んでよい。またUMで下位層に提供するデータ、及び/又は下位層から提供されるデータの事をUMD PDUと呼んでよい。またAMで下位層に提供するデータ、又は下位層から提供されるデータの事をAMD PDUと呼んでよい。E-UTRA RLCで用いられるRLC PDUフォーマットとNR RLCで用いられるRLC PDUフォーマットは異なってよい。またRLC PDUには、データ用RLC PDUと制御用RLC PDUがあってよい。データ用RLC PDUを、RLC DATA PDU(RLC Data PDU、RLCデータPDU)と呼んでよい。また制御用RLC PDUを、RLC CONTROL PDU(RLC Control PDU、RLCコントロールPDU、RLC制御PDU)と呼んでよい。
Explain an example of RLC functions. RLC may be referred to as an RLC sublayer. The E-UTRA RLC may have the function of segmenting and/or concatenating data provided from the PDCP of the upper layer and providing it to the lower layer. E-UTRA RLC may have the function of reassembling and re-ordering data provided from lower layers and providing it to upper layers. The NR RLC may have a function of adding a sequence number independent of the sequence number added by PDCP to the data provided by PDCP of the upper layer. Also, the NR RLC may have a function of segmenting data provided from PDCP and providing it to lower layers. Also, the NR RLC may have a function of reassembling data provided from lower layers and providing it to upper layers. The RLC may also have a data retransmission function and/or a retransmission request function (Automatic Repeat reQuest: ARQ). Also, the RLC may have a function of error correction by ARQ. The control information sent from the RLC receiver to the sender for ARQ indicating the data that needs to be retransmitted may be referred to as a status report. Also, a status report transmission instruction sent from the RLC transmitting side to the receiving side can be called a poll. The RLC may also have the capability to detect data duplication. RLC may also have a function of discarding data. RLC may have three modes: Transparent Mode (TM), Unacknowledged Mode (UM), and Acknowledged Mode (AM). The TM does not divide the data received from the upper layer, and does not need to add an RLC header. A TM RLC entity is a uni-directional entity and may be configured as a transmitting TM RLC entity or as a receiving TM RLC entity. The UM divides and/or combines the data received from the upper layer, adds an RLC header, etc., but does not need to perform data retransmission control. A UM RLC entity may be a unidirectional entity or a bi-directional entity. If the UM RLC entity is a unidirectional entity, the UM RLC entity may be configured as a transmitting UM RLC entity or as a receiving UMRLC entity. If the UM RLC entity is a bidirectional entity, the UM RRC entity may be configured as a UM RLC entity consisting of a transmitting side and a receiving side. The AM may divide and/or combine data received from an upper layer, add an RLC header, control data retransmission, and the like. The AM RLC entity is a bi-directional entity and may be configured as an AM RLC consisting of a transmitting side and a receiving side. Data provided to lower layers by TM and/or data provided from lower layers may be referred to as TMD PDUs. Data provided by UM to lower layers and/or data provided by lower layers may also be referred to as UMD PDUs. Data provided to the lower layer by AM or data provided from the lower layer may be called AMD PDU. The RLC PDU format used in E-UTRA RLC and the RLC PDU format used in NR RLC may differ. RLC PDUs may also include RLC PDUs for data and RLC PDUs for control. An RLC PDU for data may be called an RLC DATA PDU (RLC Data PDU). Also, the control RLC PDU may be called an RLC CONTROL PDU.
PDCPの機能の一例について説明する。PDCPは、PDCP副層(サブレイヤ)と呼ばれてよい。PDCPは、シーケンス番号のメンテナンスを行う機能を持ってよい。またPDCPは、IPパケット(IP Packet)や、イーサネットフレーム等のユーザデータを無線区間で効率的に伝送するための、ヘッダ圧縮・解凍機能を持ってもよい。IPパケットのヘッダ圧縮・解凍に用いられるプロトコルをROHC(Robust Header Compression)プロトコルと呼んでよい。またイーサネットフレームヘッダ圧縮・解凍に用いられるプロトコルをEHC(Ethernet(登録商標)Header Compression)プロトコルと呼んでよい。また、PDCPは、データの暗号化・復号化の機能を持ってもよい。また、PDCPは、データの完全性保護・完全性検証の機能を持ってもよい。またPDCPは、リオーダリング(re-ordering)の機能を持ってよい。またPDCPは、PDCP SDUの再送機能を持ってよい。またPDCPは、破棄タイマー(discard timer)を用いたデータ破棄を行う機能を持ってよい。またPDCPは、多重化(Duplication)機能を持ってよい。またPDCPは、重複受信したデータを破棄する機能を持ってよい。PDCPエンティティは双方向のエンティティであって、送信(transmitting)PDCPエンティティ、及び受信(receiving)PDCPエンティティから構成されてよい。またE-UTRA PDCPで用いられるPDCP PDUフォーマットとNR PDCPで用いられるPDCP PDUフォーマットは異なってよい。またPDCP PDUには、データ用PDCP PDUと制御用PDCP PDUがあってよい。データ用PDCP PDUを、PDCP DATA PDU(PDCP Data PDU、PDCPデータPDU)と呼んでよい。また制御用PDCP PDUを、PDCP CONTROL PDU(PDCP Control PDU、PDCPコントロールPDU、PDCP制御PDU)と呼んでよい。
An example of PDCP functions will be explained. PDCP may be referred to as a PDCP sublayer. PDCP may have a function to maintain sequence numbers. PDCP may also have a header compression/decompression function for efficiently transmitting user data such as IP packets and Ethernet frames over a wireless section. A protocol used for IP packet header compression/decompression may be called ROHC (Robust Header Compression) protocol. Also, the protocol used for Ethernet frame header compression/decompression may be called EHC (Ethernet (registered trademark) Header Compression) protocol. PDCP may also have a data encryption/decryption function. PDCP may also have the functions of integrity protection and integrity verification of data. PDCP may also have a re-ordering function. PDCP may also have a retransmission function for PDCP SDUs. PDCP may also have a function of discarding data using a discard timer. PDCP may also have a duplication function. PDCP may also have a function of discarding duplicated received data. The PDCP entity is a bi-directional entity and may consist of a transmitting PDCP entity and a receiving PDCP entity. Also, the PDCP PDU format used in E-UTRA PDCP and the PDCP PDU format used in NR PDCP may be different. PDCP PDUs may include data PDCP PDUs and control PDCP PDUs. A PDCP PDU for data may be called a PDCP DATA PDU (PDCP Data PDU). Also, the PDCP PDU for control may be called a PDCP CONTROL PDU (PDCP Control PDU).
SDAPの機能の一例について説明する。SDAPは、サービスデータ適応プロトコル層(サービスデータ適応プロトコルレイヤ)である。SDAPは、5GC110から基地局装置を介して端末装置に送られるダウンリンクのQoSフローとデータ無線ベアラ(DRB)との対応付け(マッピング:mapping)、及び/又は端末装置から基地局装置を介して5GC110に送られるアップリンクのQoSフローと、DRBとのマッピングを行う機能を持ってよい。またSDAPはマッピングルール情報を格納する機能を持ってよい。またSDAPはQoSフロー識別子(QoS Flow ID:QFI)のマーキングを行う機能を持ってよい。なお、SDAP PDUには、データ用SDAP PDUと制御用SDAP PDUがあってよい。データ用SDAP PDUをSDAP DATA PDU(SDAP Data PDU、SDAPデータPDU)と呼んでよい。また制御用SDAP PDUをSDAP CONTROL PDU(SDAP Control PDU、SDAPコントロールPDU、SDAP制御PDU)と呼んでよい。なお端末装置のSDAPエンティティは、PDUセッションに対して一つ存在してよい。
An example of SDAP functions will be explained. SDAP is the Service Data Adaptation Protocol Layer (Service Data Adaptation Protocol Layer). SDAP is a mapping between a downlink QoS flow and a data radio bearer (DRB) sent from the 5GC 110 to the terminal device via the base station device, and/or from the terminal device via the base station device. It may have the ability to map uplink QoS flows sent to the 5GC 110 to the DRB. SDAP may also have the function of storing mapping rule information. SDAP may also have a function to mark QoS flow identifiers (QoS Flow ID: QFI). SDAP PDUs may include data SDAP PDUs and control SDAP PDUs. A data SDAP PDU may be called an SDAP DATA PDU. A control SDAP PDU may also be called an SDAP CONTROL PDU. Note that one SDAP entity of the terminal device may exist for each PDU session.
RRCの機能の一例について説明する。RRCは、報知(ブロードキャスト:broadcast)機能を持ってよい。RRCは、EPC104及び/又は5GC110からの呼び出し(ページング:Paging)機能を持ってよい。RRCは、gNB108又は5GC110に接続するeNB102からの呼び出し(ページング:Paging)機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、RRC接続管理機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、無線ベアラ制御機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、セルグループ制御機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、モビリティ(mobility)制御機能を持ってよい。またRRCは端末装置測定レポーティング及び端末装置測定レポーティング制御機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、QoS管理機能を持ってよい。またRRCは、無線リンク失敗の検出及び復旧の機能を持ってよい。RRCは、RRCメッセージを用いて、報知、ページング、RRC接続管理、無線ベアラ制御、セルグループ制御、モビリティ制御、端末装置測定レポーティング及び端末装置測定レポーティング制御、QoS管理、無線リンク失敗の検出及び復旧等を行ってよい。なお、E-UTRA RRCで用いられるRRCメッセージやパラメータは、NR RRCで用いられるRRCメッセージやパラメータと異なってよい。
I will explain an example of RRC functions. RRC may have a broadcast function. RRC may have a paging function from EPC 104 and/or 5GC 110 . RRC may have paging capabilities from eNB 102 connecting to gNB 108 or 5GC 110 . RRC may also have an RRC connection management function. RRC may also have a radio bearer control function. RRC may also have a cell group control function. RRC may also have a mobility control function. RRC may also have terminal measurement reporting and terminal measurement reporting control functions. RRC may also have QoS management functions. RRC may also have radio link failure detection and recovery functionality. RRC uses RRC messages for broadcasting, paging, RRC connection management, radio bearer control, cell group control, mobility control, terminal equipment measurement reporting and terminal equipment measurement reporting control, QoS management, radio link failure detection and recovery, etc. may be performed. Note that the RRC messages and parameters used in E-UTRA RRC may differ from the RRC messages and parameters used in NR RRC.
RRCメッセージは、論理チャネルのBCCHを用いて送られてよいし、論理チャネルのPCCHを用いて送られてよいし、論理チャネルのCCCHを用いて送られてよいし、論理チャネルのDCCHを用いて送られてよい。また、DCCHを用いて送られるRRCメッセージの事を、専用RRCシグナリング(Dedicated RRC signaling)、又はRRCシグナリングと言い換えてよい。
The RRC message may be sent using the logical channel's BCCH, may be sent using the logical channel's PCCH, may be sent using the logical channel's CCCH, or may be sent using the logical channel's DCCH. may be sent. Also, the RRC message sent using the DCCH may be referred to as dedicated RRC signaling or RRC signaling.
BCCHを用いて送られるRRCメッセージには、例えばマスター情報ブロック(Master Information Block:MIB)が含まれてよいし、各タイプのシステム情報ブロック(System Information Block:SIB)が含まれてよいし、他のRRCメッセージが含まれてよい。PCCHを用いて送られるRRCメッセージには、例えばページングメッセージが含まれてよいし、他のRRCメッセージが含まれてよい。
The RRC message sent using BCCH may include, for example, a master information block (Master Information Block: MIB), each type of system information block (System Information Block: SIB) may be included, and others of RRC messages may be included. RRC messages sent using the PCCH may include, for example, paging messages and other RRC messages.
CCCHを用いてアップリンク(UL)方向に送られるRRCメッセージには、例えばRRCセットアップ要求メッセージ(RRC Setup Request)、RRC再開要求メッセージ(RRC Resume Request)、RRC再確立要求メッセージ(RRC Reestablishment Request)、RRCシステム情報要求メッセージ(RRC System Info Request)などが含まれてよい。また例えばRRC接続要求メッセージ(RRC Connection Request)、RRCコネクション再開要求メッセージ(RRC Connection Resume Request)、RRC接続再確立要求メッセージ(RRC Connection Reestablishment Request)などが含まれてよい。また他のRRCメッセージが含まれてよい。
RRC messages sent in the uplink (UL) direction using CCCH include, for example, RRC Setup Request, RRC Resume Request, RRC Reestablishment Request, An RRC system information request message (RRC System Info Request) may be included. Also, for example, RRC Connection Request, RRC Connection Resume Request, RRC Connection Reestablishment Request, etc. may be included. Other RRC messages may also be included.
CCCHを用いてダウンリンク(DL)方向に送られるRRCメッセージには、例えばRRC接続拒絶メッセージ(RRC Connection Reject)、RRC接続セットアップメッセージ(RRC Connection Setup)、RRCコネクション再確立メッセージ(RRC Connection Reestablishment)、RRCコネクション再確立拒絶メッセージ(RRC Connection Reestablishment Reject)などが含まれてよい。また例えばRRC拒絶メッセージ(RRC Reject)、RRCセットアップメッセージ(RRC Setup)などが含まれてよい。また他のRRCメッセージが含まれてよい。
RRC messages sent in the downlink (DL) direction using CCCH include, for example, RRC Connection Reject message, RRC Connection Setup message, RRC Connection Reestablishment message, An RRC connection re-establishment rejection message (RRC Connection Reestablishment Reject) may be included. Also, for example, an RRC rejection message (RRC Reject), an RRC setup message (RRC Setup), etc. may be included. Other RRC messages may also be included.
DCCHを用いてアップリンク(UL)方向に送られるRRCシグナリングには、例えば測定報告メッセージ(Measurement Report)、RRC接続再設定完了メッセージ(RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete)、RRC接続セットアップ完了メッセージ(RRC Connection Setup Complete)、RRC接続再確立完了メッセージ(RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete)、セキュリティモード完了メッセージ(Security Mode Complete)、UE能力情報メッセージ(UE Capability Information)などが含まれてよい。また例えば測定報告メッセージ(Measurement Report)、RRC再設定完了メッセージ(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)、RRCセットアップ完了メッセージ(RRC Setup Complete)、RRC再確立完了メッセージ(RRC Reestablishment Complete)、RRC再開完了メッセージ(RRC Resume Complete)、セキュリティモード完了メッセージ(Security Mode Complete)、UE能力情報メッセージ(UE Capability Information)などが含まれてよい。また他のRRCシグナリングが含まれてよい。
RRC signaling sent in the uplink (UL) direction using the DCCH includes, for example, a Measurement Report message, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message, an RRC Connection Setup Complete message. ), RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete message, Security Mode Complete message, UE Capability Information message, and the like. Also for example Measurement Report message, RRC Reconfiguration Complete message, RRC Setup Complete message, RRC Reestablishment Complete message, RRC Resume Complete message ), a security mode complete message (Security Mode Complete), a UE capability information message (UE Capability Information), and the like. Also other RRC signaling may be included.
DCCHを用いてダウンリンク(DL)方向に送られるRRCシグナリングには、例えばRRC接続再設定メッセージ(RRC Connection Reconfiguration)、RRC接続解放メッセージ(RRC Connection Release)、セキュリティモードコマンドメッセージ(Security Mode Command)、UE能力照会メッセージ(UE Capability Enquiry)などが含まれてよい。また例えばRRC再設定メッセージ(RRC Reconfiguration)、RRC再開メッセージ(RRC Resume)、RRC解放メッセージ(RRC Release)、RRC再確立メッセージ(RRC Reestablishment)、セキュリティモードコマンドメッセージ(Security Mode Command)、UE能力照会メッセージ(UE Capability Enquiry)などが含まれてよい。また他のRRCシグナリングが含まれてよい。
RRC signaling sent in the downlink (DL) direction using DCCH includes, for example, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message, an RRC Connection Release message, a Security Mode Command message, A UE Capability Inquiry message and the like may be included. Also for example RRC Reconfiguration message, RRC Resume message, RRC Release message (RRC Release message), RRC Reestablishment message (RRC Reestablishment message), Security Mode Command message (Security Mode Command), UE Capability Inquiry message (UE Capability Enquiry), etc. may be included. Also other RRC signaling may be included.
NASの機能の一例について説明する。NASは、認証機能を持ってよい。またNASは、モビリティ(mobility)管理を行う機能を持ってよい。またNASは、セキュリティ制御の機能を持ってよい。
An example of NAS functions will be explained. A NAS may have an authentication function. Also, the NAS may have a function of performing mobility management. The NAS may also have a security control function.
前述のPHY、MAC、RLC、PDCP、SDAP、RRC、NASの機能は一例であり、各機能の一部あるいは全てが実装されなくてもよい。また、各層(各レイヤ)の機能の一部あるいは全部が他の層(レイヤ)に含まれてもよい。
The above PHY, MAC, RLC, PDCP, SDAP, RRC, and NAS functions are examples, and some or all of the functions may not be implemented. Also, part or all of the functions of each layer (each layer) may be included in another layer (layer).
次にLTE及びNRにおけるUE122の状態遷移について説明する。EPC、又は5GCに接続するUE122は、RRC接続が設立されている(RRC connection has been established)とき、UE122はRRC_CONNECTED状態であってよい。RRC接続が設立されている状態とは、UE122が、後述のUEコンテキストの一部又は全てを保持している状態を含んでよい。またRRC接続が設立されている状態とは、UE122がユニキャストデータを送信、及び/又は受信できる状態を含んでよい。またUE122は、RRC接続が休止(サスペンド:suspend)しているとき、UE122はRRC_INACTIVE状態であってよい。また、UE122がRRC_INACTIVE状態になるのは、UE122が5GCに接続している場合で、RRC接続が休止しているときであってよい。UE122が、RRC_CONNECTED状態でも、RRC_INACTIVE状態でも無いとき、UE122はRRC_IDLE状態であってよい。
Next, state transitions of UE 122 in LTE and NR will be explained. For UE 122 connecting to EPC or 5GC, when RRC connection has been established, UE 122 may be in RRC_CONNECTED state. A state in which an RRC connection is established may include a state in which the UE 122 holds some or all of the UE contexts described below. Also, states in which an RRC connection is established may include states in which UE 122 is able to transmit and/or receive unicast data. UE 122 may also be in RRC_INACTIVE state when the RRC connection is suspended. Also, UE 122 may be in RRC_INACTIVE state when UE 122 is connected to 5GC and the RRC connection is dormant. A UE 122 may be in the RRC_IDLE state when the UE 122 is neither in the RRC_CONNECTED state nor in the RRC_INACTIVE state.
なお、UE122がEPCに接続している場合、RRC_INACTIVE状態を持たないが、E-UTRANによってRRC接続の休止が開始されてもよい。UE122がEPCに接続している場合、RRC接続が休止されるとき、UE122はUEのASコンテキストと復帰(リジューム:resume)に用いる識別子(resumeIdentity)を保持してRRC_IDLE状態に遷移してよい。UE122のRRCレイヤの上位レイヤ(例えばNASレイヤ)は、UE122がUEのASコンテキストを保持しており、かつE-UTRANによってRRC接続の復帰が許可(Permit)されており、かつUE122がRRC_IDLE状態からRRC_CONNECTED状態に遷移する必要があるとき、休止されたRRC接続の復帰を開始してもよい。
Note that if UE 122 is connected to EPC, it does not have the RRC_INACTIVE state, but E-UTRAN may initiate dormancy of the RRC connection. If the UE 122 is connected to EPC, when the RRC connection is suspended, the UE 122 may retain the AS context of the UE and an identifier (resumeIdentity) used for resume and transition to the RRC_IDLE state. A layer higher than the RRC layer of UE 122 (for example, NAS layer) confirms that UE 122 holds the AS context of the UE, and that the E-UTRAN permits recovery of the RRC connection, and that UE 122 exits the RRC_IDLE state. When it needs to transition to the RRC_CONNECTED state, it may initiate the resumption of a dormant RRC connection.
EPC104に接続するUE122と、5GC110に接続するUE122とで、休止の定義が異なってよい。また、UE122がEPCに接続している場合(UE122がRRC_IDLE状態で休止している場合)と、UE122が5GCに接続している場合(UE122がRRC_INACTIVE状態で休止している場合)とで、UE122が休止から復帰する手順のすべてあるいは一部が異なってよい。
The UE 122 connected to the EPC 104 and the UE 122 connected to the 5GC 110 may have different definitions of dormancy. Also, when UE122 is connected to EPC (when UE122 is dormant in RRC_IDLE state) and when UE122 is connected to 5GC (when UE122 is dormant in RRC_INACTIVE state), UE122 all or part of the procedure for waking up from sleep may be different.
なお、RRC_CONNECTED状態、RRC_INACTIVE状態、RRC_IDLE状態の事をそれぞれ、接続状態(connected mode)、不活性状態(inactive mode)、アイドル状態(idle mode)と呼んでよいし、RRC接続状態(RRC connected mode)、RRC不活性状態(RRC inactive mode)、RRCアイドル状態(RRC idle mode)と呼んでよい。
The RRC_CONNECTED state, RRC_INACTIVE state, and RRC_IDLE state may be called connected mode, inactive mode, and idle mode, respectively, and RRC connected mode. , RRC inactive mode, and RRC idle mode.
UE122が保持するUEのASコンテキストは、現在のRRC設定、現在のセキュリティコンテキスト、ROHC(RObust Header Compression)状態を含むPDCP状態、接続元(Source)のPCellで使われていたC-RNTI(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier)、セル識別子(cellIdentity)、接続元のPCellの物理セル識別子、のすべてあるいは一部を含む情報であってよい。なお、eNB102およびgNB108の内のいずれかまたは全ての保持するUEのASコンテキストは、UE122が保持するUEのASコンテキストと同じ情報を含んでもよいし、UE122が保持するUEのASコンテキストに含まれる情報とは異なる情報が含まれてもよい。
The UE AS context held by UE 122 includes the current RRC settings, current security context, PDCP state including ROHC (RObust Header Compression) state, C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier), cell identifier (cellIdentity), and physical cell identifier of the connection source PCell, all or part of which may be information. Note that the UE AS context held by either or all of the eNB 102 and gNB 108 may contain the same information as the UE AS context held by the UE 122, or the information contained in the UE AS context held by the UE 122. may contain different information.
セキュリティコンテキストとは、ASレベルにおける暗号鍵、NH(Next Hop parameter)、次ホップのアクセス鍵導出に用いられるNCC(Next Hop Chaining Counter parameter)、選択されたASレベルの暗号化アルゴリズムの識別子、リプレイ保護のために用いられるカウンター、のすべてあるいは一部を含む情報であってよい。
A security context consists of a cryptographic key at the AS level, NH (Next Hop parameter), NCC (Next Hop Chaining Counter parameter) used to derive the access key for the next hop, an identifier for the selected AS level encryption algorithm, and replay protection. may be information including all or part of the counters used for
次にサービングセル(Serving Cell)について説明する。後述するCAおよび/またはDCが設定されていないRRC接続状態の端末装置において、サービングセルは、1つのプライマリセル(Primary Cell:PCell)から構成されてよい。また、後述するCAおよび/またはDCが設定されているRRC接続状態の端末装置において、複数のサービングセルは、1つ又は複数のスペシャルセル(Special Cell:SpCell)と、1つ又は複数のすべてのセカンダリセル(Secondary Cell:SCell)から構成される複数のセルの集合(set of cell(s))を意味してよい。SpCellはPUCCH送信およびコンテンション基準ランダムアクセス(contention-based Random Access:CBRA)をサポートしてよい。PCellはRRCアイドル状態の端末装置がRRC接続状態に遷移する際の、RRC接続確立手順に用いられるセルであってよい。またPCellは、端末装置がRRC接続の再確立を行う、RRC接続再確立手順に用いられるセルであってよい。またPCellは、ハンドオーバの際のランダムアクセス手順に用いられるセルであってよい。PSCellは、後述するセカンダリノード追加の際に、ランダムアクセス手順に用いられるセルであってよい。PCellとPSCellは、SpCellであってよい。またSpCellは、上述の用途以外の用途に用いられるセルであってよい。
Next, the serving cell will be explained. In a terminal device in an RRC connected state in which CA and/or DC, which will be described later, is not configured, a serving cell may consist of one primary cell (PCell). Also, in a terminal device in an RRC connected state in which CA and / or DC described later are set, a plurality of serving cells include one or more special cells (Special Cell: SpCell) and one or more all secondary It may mean a set of cells (set of cell(s)) composed of cells (Secondary Cell: SCell). A SpCell may support PUCCH transmission and contention-based random access (CBRA). A PCell may be a cell used for an RRC connection establishment procedure when a terminal device in the RRC idle state transitions to the RRC connected state. Also, the PCell may be a cell used for the RRC connection re-establishment procedure in which the terminal device re-establishes the RRC connection. Also, the PCell may be a cell used for a random access procedure during handover. A PSCell may be a cell used in a random access procedure when adding a secondary node, which will be described later. PCell and PSCell may be SpCells. Also, the SpCell may be a cell that is used for purposes other than those described above.
端末装置に対して設定されたサービングセルのグループが、SpCell及び1つ以上のSCellから構成されることは、端末装置に対してキャリアアグリゲーション(carrier aggregation:CA)が設定されているとみなされてよい。また、CAが設定されている端末装置に対して、SpCellに対して追加の無線リソースを提供しているセルはSCellを意味してよい。
The fact that a group of serving cells configured for a terminal device is composed of SpCells and one or more SCells may be regarded as carrier aggregation (CA) configured for the terminal device. . Also, a cell that provides an additional radio resource to a SpCell for a terminal device in which CA is configured may mean an SCell.
RRCによって設定されているサービングセルのグループで、その中の上りリンクが設定されているセルに対し同じタイミング参照セル(timing reference cell)および同じタイミングアドバンスの値を使用しているサービングセルのグループの事をタイミングアドバンスグループ(Timing Advance Group:TAG)と呼んでよい。またMACエンティティのSpCellを含むTAGはプライマリタイミングアドバンスグループ(Primary Timing Advance Group:PTAG)を意味してよい。また上記PTAG以外のTAGはセカンダリタイミングアドバンスグループ(Secondary Timing Advance Group:STAG)を意味してよい。なお1つ又は複数の前記TAGは、後述するセルグループ毎に構成されてよい。
A group of serving cells configured by RRC that uses the same timing reference cell and the same timing advance value for cells in which uplink is configured. You can call it Timing Advance Group (TAG). Also, the TAG containing the SpCell of the MAC entity may mean the Primary Timing Advance Group (PTAG). Also, TAGs other than the PTAG may mean Secondary Timing Advance Group (STAG). One or more TAGs may be configured for each cell group, which will be described later.
端末装置に対し基地局装置から設定される、セルグループ(Cell Group)について説明する。セルグループは、1つのSpCellで構成されてよい。またセルグループは、1つのSpCellと、1つ又は複数のSCellから構成されてよい。即ちセルグループは、1つのSpCellと、必要に応じて(optionally)1つ又は複数のSCellから構成されてよい。またセルグループは、セルの集合(set of cell(s))と表現されてよい。
A cell group that is set by the base station device for the terminal device will be explained. A cell group may consist of one SpCell. Also, a cell group may consist of one SpCell and one or more SCells. That is, a cell group may consist of one SpCell and optionally one or more SCells. A cell group may also be expressed as a set of cell(s).
Dual Connectivity(DC)とは、第1の基地局装置(第1のノード)と第2の基地局装置(第2のノード)がそれぞれ構成するセルグループの無線リソースを利用してデータ通信を行う技術であってよい。DCや、後述するMR-DCが行われる場合、端末装置に対し基地局装置からセルグループの追加が行われてよい。DCを行うために、第1の基地局装置が第2の基地局装置を追加してよい。第1の基地局装置の事をマスターノード(Master Node:MN)と呼んでよい。またマスターノードが構成するセルグループをマスターセルグループ(Master Cell Group:MCG)と呼んでよい。第2の基地局装置の事をセカンダリノード(Secondary Node:SN)と呼んでよい。またセカンダリノードが構成するセルグループをセカンダリセルグループ(Secondary Cell Group:SCG)と呼んでよい。なお、マスターノードとセカンダリノードは同じ基地局装置内に構成されていてよい。
Dual Connectivity (DC) performs data communication using the radio resources of cell groups each configured by a first base station device (first node) and a second base station device (second node). It can be technology. When DC or MR-DC, which will be described later, is performed, a cell group may be added from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus. A first base station apparatus may add a second base station apparatus to perform DC. The first base station device may be called a master node (Master Node: MN). Also, a cell group configured by a master node may be called a master cell group (MCG). The second base station device may be called a secondary node (SN). Also, a cell group configured by secondary nodes may be called a secondary cell group (SCG). Note that the master node and the secondary node may be configured within the same base station apparatus.
また、DCが設定されていない場合において、端末装置に設定されるセルグループの事をMCGと呼んでよい。また、DCが設定されていない場合において、端末装置に設定されるSpCellはPCellであってよい。
Also, when DC is not set, the cell group set in the terminal device may be called MCG. Also, when DC is not configured, SpCell configured in the terminal device may be PCell.
なお、Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity(MR-DC)とは、MCGにE-UTRA、SCGにNRを用いたDCを行う技術であってよい。またMR-DCとは、MCGにNR、SCGにE-UTRAを用いたDCを行う技術であってよい。またMR-DCとは、MCG及びSCGの両方に、NRを用いたDCを行う技術であってよい。MR-DCはDCに含まれる技術であってよい。MCGにE-UTRA、SCGにNRを用いるMR-DCの例として、コア網にEPCを用いるEN-DC(E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity)があってよいし、コア網に5GCを用いるNGEN-DC(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity)があってよい。またMCGにNR、SCGにE-UTRAを用いるMR-DCの例として、コア網に5GCを用いるNE-DC(NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity)があってよい。またMCG及びSCGの両方にNRを用いるMR-DCの例として、コア網に5GCを用いるNR-DC(NR-NR Dual Connectivity)があってよい。
Multi-Radio Dual Connectivity (MR-DC) may be a technology that performs DC using E-UTRA for MCG and NR for SCG. Also, MR-DC may be a technique of performing DC using NR for MCG and E-UTRA for SCG. Also, MR-DC may be a technique of performing DC using NR on both MCG and SCG. MR-DC may be a technology involved in DC. Examples of MR-DC using E-UTRA for MCG and NR for SCG include EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity) using EPC in the core network and NGEN-DC using 5GC in the core network. There may be DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity). An example of MR-DC using NR for MCG and E-UTRA for SCG may be NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity) using 5GC for the core network. An example of MR-DC using NR for both MCG and SCG may be NR-DC (NR-NR Dual Connectivity) using 5GC for the core network.
なお端末装置において、MACエンティティは各セルグループに対して1つ存在してよい。例えば端末装置にDC又はMR-DCが設定される場合において、MCGに対する1つのMACエンティティ、及びSCGに対する1つのMACエンティティが存在してよい。端末装置におけるMCGに対するMACエンティティは、全ての状態(RRCアイドル状態、RRC接続状態、及びRRC不活性状態など)の端末装置において、常に確立されていてよい。また端末装置におけるSCGに対するMACエンティティは、端末装置にSCGが設定される際、端末装置によってクリエイト(create)されてよい。また端末装置の各セルグループに対するMACエンティティは、端末装置が基地局装置からRRCシグナリングを受け取る事により設定が行われてよい。MACエンティティがMCGに関連付けられている場合、SpCellはPCellを意味してよい。またMACエンティティがSCGに関連付けられている場合、SpCellはプライマリSCGセル(Primary SCG Cell:PSCell)を意味してよい。またMACエンティティがセルグループに関連付けられていない場合、SpCellはPCellを意味してよい。PCell、PSCellおよびSCellはサービングセルである。EN-DC、及びNGEN-DCにおいて、MCGに対するMACエンティティはE-UTRA MACエンティティであってよいし、SCGに対するMACエンティティはNR MACエンティティであってよい。また、NE-DCにおいて、MCGに対するMACエンティティはNR MACエンティティであってよいし、SCGに対するMACエンティティはE-UTRA MACエンティティであってよい。またNR-DCにおいて、MCG及びSCGに対するMACエンティティは共にNR MACエンティティであってよい。なお、MACエンティティが各セルグループに対して1つ存在する事を、MACエンティティは各SpCellに対して1つ存在すると言い換えてよい。また、各セルグループに対する1つのMACエンティティを、各SpCellに対する1つのMACエンティティと言い換えてよい。
Note that in the terminal device, one MAC entity may exist for each cell group. For example, when DC or MR-DC is configured in the terminal device, there may be one MAC entity for MCG and one MAC entity for SCG. The MAC entity for the MCG in the terminal may always be established in the terminal in all states (RRC idle state, RRC connected state, RRC inactive state, etc.). Also, the MAC entity for the SCG in the terminal device may be created by the terminal device when the SCG is configured in the terminal device. Also, the MAC entity for each cell group of the terminal device may be set by the terminal device receiving RRC signaling from the base station apparatus. SpCell may mean PCell if the MAC entity is associated with the MCG. Also, when a MAC entity is associated with an SCG, SpCell may mean a Primary SCG Cell (PSCell). SpCell may also mean PCell if the MAC entity is not associated with a cell group. PCell, PSCell and SCell are serving cells. In EN-DC and NGEN-DC, the MAC entity for MCG may be the E-UTRA MAC entity and the MAC entity for SCG may be the NR MAC entity. Also, in NE-DC, the MAC entity for MCG may be the NR MAC entity, and the MAC entity for SCG may be the E-UTRA MAC entity. Also, in NR-DC, both MAC entities for MCG and SCG may be NR MAC entities. Note that one MAC entity for each cell group can be rephrased as one MAC entity for each SpCell. Also, one MAC entity for each cell group may be rephrased as one MAC entity for each SpCell.
無線ベアラについて説明する。端末装置が基地局装置と通信する場合、端末装置と、基地局装置との間に無線ベアラ(RB:Radio Bearer)を確立する事により、無線接続を行ってよい。CPに用いられる無線ベアラは、シグナリング無線ベアラ(SRB:Signaling Radio Bearer)と呼ばれてよい。またUPに用いられる無線ベアラは、データ無線ベアラ(DRB:Data Radio Bearer)と呼ばれてよい。各無線ベアラには、無線ベアラ識別子(Identity:ID)が割り当てられてよい。SRB用無線ベアラ識別子は、SRB識別子(SRB Identity、またはSRB ID)と呼ばれてよい。DRB用無線ベアラ識別子は、DRB識別子(DRB Identity、またはDRB ID)と呼ばれてよい。E-UTRAのSRBにはSRB0からSRB2が定義されてよいし、これ以外のSRBが定義されてよい。NRのSRBにはSRB0からSRB3が定義されてよいし、これ以外のSRBが定義されてよい。SRB0は、論理チャネルのCCCHを用いて送信、及び/又は受信が行われる、RRCメッセージのためのSRBであってよい。SRB1は、RRCシグナリングのため、及びSRB2の確立前のNASシグナリングのためのSRBであってよい。SRB1を用いて送信、及び/又は受信が行われるRRCシグナリングには、ピギーバックされたNASシグナリングが含まれてよい。SRB1を用いて送信、及び/又は受信される全てのRRCシグナリングやNASシグナリングには、論理チャネルのDCCHが用いられてよい。SRB2は、NASシグナリングのため、及び記録測定情報(loggedmeasurement information)を含むRRCシグナリングのためのSRBであってよい。SRB2を用いて送信、及び/又は受信される全てのRRCシグナリングやNASシグナリングには、論理チャネルのDCCHが用いられてよい。また、SRB2はSRB1よりも低い優先度であってよい。SRB3は、端末装置に、EN-DC、NGEN-DC、NR-DCなどが設定されているときの特定のRRCシグナリングを送信、及び/又は受信するためのSRBであってよい。SRB3を用いて送信、及び/又は受信される全てのRRCシグナリングやNASシグナリングには、論理チャネルのDCCHが用いられてよい。また、その他の用途のために他のSRBが用意されてもよい。DRBは、ユーザデータのための無線ベアラであってよい。DRBを用いて送信、及び/又は受信が行われるRRCシグナリングには、論理チャネルのDTCHが用いられてもよい。
I will explain the radio bearer. When a terminal device communicates with a base station device, a radio connection may be established by establishing a radio bearer (RB) between the terminal device and the base station device. A radio bearer used for the CP may be called a signaling radio bearer (SRB). A radio bearer used for UP may be called a data radio bearer (DRB). Each radio bearer may be assigned a radio bearer identity (ID). The SRB radio bearer identifier may be called an SRB identity (SRB ID). A DRB radio bearer identifier may be called a DRB identity (DRB ID). SRB0 to SRB2 may be defined as SRBs of E-UTRA, and SRBs other than these may be defined. SRB0 to SRB3 may be defined as SRBs of NR, and SRBs other than these may be defined. SRB0 may be the SRB for RRC messages transmitted and/or received using the CCCH of the logical channel. SRB1 may be the SRB for RRC signaling and for NAS signaling before the establishment of SRB2. RRC signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB1 may include piggybacked NAS signaling. The logical channel DCCH may be used for all RRC and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB1. SRB2 may be an SRB for NAS signaling and for RRC signaling including logged measurement information. All RRC signaling and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB2 may use the DCCH of the logical channel. Also, SRB2 may have a lower priority than SRB1. SRB3 may be an SRB for transmitting and/or receiving specific RRC signaling when EN-DC, NGEN-DC, NR-DC, etc. are configured in the terminal device. All RRC and NAS signaling transmitted and/or received using SRB3 may use the DCCH of the logical channel. Other SRBs may also be provided for other uses. A DRB may be a radio bearer for user data. Logical channel DTCH may be used for RRC signaling transmitted and/or received using DRB.
端末装置における無線ベアラについて説明する。無線ベアラにはRLCベアラが含まれてよい。RLCベアラは1つ又は2つのRLCエンティティと論理チャネルで構成されてよい。RLCベアラにRLCエンティティが2つ存在する場合のRLCエンティティはTM RLCエンティティ、及び/又は単方向UMモードのRLCエンティティにおける、送信RLCエンティティ及び受信RLCエンティティであってよい。SRB0は1つのRLCベアラから構成されてよい。SRB0のRLCベアラはTMのRLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルから構成されてよい。SRB0は全ての状態(RRCアイドル状態、RRC接続状態、及びRRC不活性状態など)の端末装置において、常に確立されていてよい。SRB1は端末装置がRRCアイドル状態からRRC接続状態に遷移する際、基地局装置から受信するRRCシグナリングにより、端末装置に1つ確立及び/又は設定されてよい。SRB1は1つのPDCPエンティティ、及び1つ又は複数のRLCベアラから構成されてよい。SRB1のRLCベアラはAMのRLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルから構成されてよい。SRB2はASセキュリティが活性化されたRRC接続状態の端末装置が基地局装置から受信するRRCシグナリングにより、端末装置に1つ確立及び/又は設定されてよい。SRB2は1つのPDCPエンティティ、及び1つ又は複数のRLCベアラから構成されてよい。SRB2のRLCベアラはAMのRLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルから構成されてよい。なお、SRB1及びSRB2の基地局装置側のPDCPはマスターノードに置かれてよい。SRB3はEN-DC、又はNGEN-DC、又はNR-DCにおけるセカンダリノードが追加される際、又はセカンダリノードが変更される際に、ASセキュリティが活性化されたRRC接続状態の端末装置が基地局装置から受信するRRCシグナリングにより、端末装置に1つ確立及び/又は設定されてよい。SRB3は端末装置とセカンダリノードとの間のダイレクトSRBであってよい。SRB3は1つのPDCPエンティティ、及び1つ又は複数のRLCベアラから構成されてよい。SRB3のRLCベアラはAMのRLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルから構成されてよい。SRB3の基地局装置側のPDCPはセカンダリノードに置かれてよい。DRBはASセキュリティが活性化されたRRC接続状態の端末装置が基地局装置から受信するRRCシグナリングにより、端末装置に1つ又は複数確立及び/又は設定されてよい。DRBは1つのPDCPエンティティ、及び1つ又は複数のRLCベアラから構成されてよい。DRBのRLCベアラはAM又はUMのRLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルから構成されてよい。
The radio bearer in the terminal device will be explained. Radio bearers may include RLC bearers. An RLC bearer may consist of one or two RLC entities and logical channels. The RLC entity when there are two RLC entities in the RLC bearer may be a TM RLC entity and/or a transmitting RLC entity and a receiving RLC entity in a unidirectional UM mode RLC entity. SRB0 may consist of one RLC bearer. An SRB0 RLC bearer may consist of a TM RLC entity and a logical channel. SRB0 may always be established in the terminal device in all states (RRC idle state, RRC connected state, RRC inactive state, etc.). One SRB1 may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received from the base station device when the terminal device transitions from the RRC idle state to the RRC connected state. SRB1 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers. The SRB1 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel. One SRB2 may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received by the terminal device in the RRC connected state with AS security activated from the base station device. SRB2 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers. An SRB2 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel. Note that PDCPs on the base station device side of SRB1 and SRB2 may be placed in the master node. SRB3 is when a secondary node in EN-DC, NGEN-DC, or NR-DC is added, or when the secondary node is changed, the terminal device in the RRC connection state with AS security activated becomes the base station. One may be established and/or configured in the terminal by RRC signaling received from the device. SRB3 may be a direct SRB between the terminal device and the secondary node. SRB3 may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers. An SRB3 RLC bearer may consist of an AM RLC entity and a logical channel. The PDCP on the base station device side of SRB3 may be placed in the secondary node. One or more DRBs may be established and/or configured in the terminal device by RRC signaling received from the base station device by the terminal device in the RRC connected state with AS security activated. A DRB may consist of one PDCP entity and one or more RLC bearers. A DRB RLC bearer may consist of an AM or UM RLC entity and a logical channel.
なお、MR-DCにおいて、マスターノードにPDCPが置かれる無線ベアラの事を、MN終端(ターミネティド:terminated)ベアラと呼んでよい。また、MR-DCにおいて、セカンダリノードにPDCPが置かれる無線ベアラの事を、SN終端(ターミネティド:terminated)ベアラと呼んでよい。なお、MR-DCにおいて、RLCベアラがMCGにのみ存在する無線ベアラの事を、MCGベアラ(MCG bearer)と呼んでよい。また、MR-DCにおいて、RLCベアラがSCGにのみ存在する無線ベアラの事を、SCGベアラ(SCG bearer)と呼んでよい。またDCにおいて、RLCベアラがMCG及びSCG両方に存在する無線ベアラの事を、スプリットベアラ(split bearer)と呼んでよい。
In addition, in MR-DC, the radio bearer in which PDCP is placed in the master node can be called the MN terminated (terminated) bearer. Also, in MR-DC, a radio bearer in which PDCP is placed in a secondary node may be called an SN terminated (terminated) bearer. In MR-DC, a radio bearer in which the RLC bearer exists only in the MCG may be called an MCG bearer. Also, in MR-DC, a radio bearer whose RLC bearer exists only in the SCG may be called an SCG bearer. Also, in DC, a radio bearer in which RLC bearers exist in both MCG and SCG may be called a split bearer.
端末装置にMR-DCが設定される場合、端末装置に確立/及び又は設定されるSRB1及びSRB2のベアラタイプは、MN終端MCGベアラ及び/又はMN終端スプリットベアラであってよい。また端末装置にMR-DCが設定される場合、端末装置に確立/及び又は設定されるSRB3のベアラタイプは、SN終端SCGベアラであってよい。また端末装置にMR-DCが設定される場合、端末装置に確立/及び又は設定されるDRBのベアラタイプは、全てのベアラタイプのうちの何れかであってよい。
When MR-DC is configured in the terminal device, the bearer types of SRB1 and SRB2 established/and configured in the terminal device may be MN-terminated MCG bearers and/or MN-terminated split bearers. Also, when MR-DC is configured in the terminal device, the SRB3 bearer type established/or configured in the terminal device may be an SN-terminated SCG bearer. Also, when MR-DC is configured in the terminal device, the DRB bearer type established/or configured in the terminal device may be any of all bearer types.
E-UTRAで構成されるセルグループに確立及び/又は設定されるRLCベアラに対し、確立及び/又は設定されるRLCエンティティは、E-UTRA RLCであってよい。またNRで構成されるセルグループに確立及び/又は設定されるRLCベアラに対し、確立及び/又は設定されるRLCエンティティは、NR RLCであってよい。端末装置にEN-DCが設定される場合、MN終端MCGベアラに対し確立及び/又は設定されるPDCPエンティティは、E-UTRA PDCP又はNR PDCPの何れかであってよい。また端末装置にEN-DCが設定される場合、その他のベアラタイプの無線ベアラ、即ちMN終端スプリットベアラ、MN終端SCGベアラ、SN終端MCGベアラ、SN終端スプリットベアラ、及びSN終端SCGベアラ、に対して確立及び/又は設定されるPDCPは、NR PDCPであってよい。また端末装置にNGEN-DC、又はNE-DC、又はNR-DCが設定される場合、全てのベアラタイプにおける無線ベアラに対して確立及び/又は設定されるPDCPエンティティは、NR PDCPであってよい。
For an RLC bearer established and/or configured in a cell group configured with E-UTRA, the RLC entity established and/or configured may be E-UTRA RLC. Also, for an RLC bearer established and/or configured in a cell group configured with NR, the RLC entity established and/or configured may be NR RLC. If the terminal is configured with EN-DC, the PDCP entity established and/or configured for the MN-terminated MCG bearer may be either E-UTRA PDCP or NR PDCP. For other bearer type radio bearers, i.e. MN terminated split bearer, MN terminated SCG bearer, SN terminated MCG bearer, SN terminated split bearer and SN terminated SCG bearer, when EN-DC is configured in the terminal equipment. The PDCP established and/or configured by the NR may be the NR PDCP. Also, when NGEN-DC, NE-DC, or NR-DC is configured in the terminal device, the PDCP entity established and/or configured for radio bearers in all bearer types may be NR PDCP. .
なおNRにおいて、端末装置に確立及び/又は設定されるDRBは1つのPDUセッションに紐づけられてよい。端末装置において1つのPDUセッションに対し、1つのSDAPエンティティが確立及び/又は設定されてよい。端末装置に確立及び/又は設定SDAPエンティティ、PDCPエンティティ、RLCエンティティ、及び論理チャネルは、端末装置が基地局装置から受信するRRCシグナリングにより確立及び/又は設定されてよい。
Note that in NR, DRBs established and/or configured in terminal equipment may be associated with one PDU session. One SDAP entity may be established and/or configured for one PDU session in the terminal device. Established and/or Configured in Terminal The SDAP entity, PDCP entity, RLC entity, and logical channels may be established and/or configured by RRC signaling that the terminal receives from the base station.
なお、MR-DCが設定されるか否かに関わらず、マスターノードがeNB102であり、EPC104をコア網とするネットワーク構成を、E-UTRA/EPCと呼んでよい。またマスターノードがeNB102であり、5GC110をコア網とするネットワーク構成を、E-UTRA/5GCと呼んでよい。またマスターノードがgNB108で5GC110をコア網とするネットワーク構成をNR、又はNR/5GCと呼んでよい。MR-DCが設定されない場合において、上述のマスターノードとは、端末装置と通信を行う基地局装置の事を指してよい。
Regardless of whether or not MR-DC is set, a network configuration in which the master node is eNB 102 and EPC 104 is the core network may be called E-UTRA/EPC. A network configuration in which the master node is the eNB 102 and the 5GC 110 is the core network may be called E-UTRA/5GC. A network configuration in which the master node is gNB 108 and 5GC 110 is the core network may be called NR or NR/5GC. When MR-DC is not configured, the above master node may refer to a base station apparatus that communicates with terminal apparatuses.
次にLTE及びNRにおけるハンドオーバについて説明する。ハンドオーバとはRRC接続状態のUE122がサービングセルをソースSpCellからターゲットSpCellへ変更する処理であってよい。ハンドオーバは、UE122がeNB102、及び/又はgNB108より、ハンドオーバを指示するRRCシグナリングを受信した時に行われてよい。ハンドオーバを指示するRRCシグナリングとは、ハンドオーバを指示するパラメータ(例えばMobilityControlInfoという名称の情報要素、又はReconfigurationWithSyncという名称の情報要素)を含むRRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージの事であってよい。なお上述のMobilityControlInfoという名称の情報要素の事を、モビリティ制御設定情報要素、又はモビリティ制御設定、又はモビリティ制御情報と言い換えてよい。なお上述のReconfigurationWithSyncという名称の情報要素の事を同期付再設定情報要素、又は同期付再設定と言い換えてよい。またハンドオーバを指示するRRCシグナリングとは、他のRATのセルへの移動を示すメッセージ(例えばMobilityFromEUTRACommand、又はMobilityFromNRCommand)の事であってよい。またハンドオーバの事を同期付再設定(reconfiguration with sync)と言い換えてよい。またUE122がハンドオーバを行う事ができる条件に、ASセキュリティが活性化されている時、SRB2が確立されている時、少なくとも一つのDRBが確立している事のうちの一部又は全てを含んでよい。
Next, handover in LTE and NR will be explained. Handover may be the process by which a UE 122 in RRC Connected state changes its serving cell from a source SpCell to a target SpCell. Handover may occur when UE 122 receives RRC signaling from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 indicating a handover. The RRC signaling indicating handover may be a message regarding reconfiguration of the RRC connection including parameters indicating handover (for example, an information element named MobilityControlInfo or an information element named ReconfigurationWithSync). Note that the information element named MobilityControlInfo described above may be rephrased as a mobility control setting information element, a mobility control setting, or mobility control information. Note that the above information element named ReconfigurationWithSync may be rephrased as a reset information element with synchronization or a reset with synchronization. Also, the RRC signaling indicating handover may be a message (for example, MobilityFromEUTRACommand or MobilityFromNRCommand) indicating movement to another RAT's cell. Handover can also be rephrased as reconfiguration with sync. Also, the conditions under which UE 122 can perform handover include some or all of the following: when AS security is activated, when SRB2 is established, and at least one DRB is established. good.
端末装置と基地局装置との間で送受信される、RRCシグナリングのフローについて説明する。図4は、本実施形態に係るRRCにおける、各種設定のための手順(procedure)のフローの一例を示す図である。図4は、基地局装置(eNB102、及び/又はgNB108)から端末装置(UE122)にRRCシグナリングが送られる場合のフローの一例である。
The flow of RRC signaling that is transmitted and received between the terminal device and the base station device will be explained. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example flow of procedures for various settings in RRC according to the present embodiment. FIG. 4 is an example flow when RRC signaling is sent from the base station apparatus (eNB 102 and/or gNB 108) to the terminal apparatus (UE 122).
図4において、基地局装置はRRCメッセージを作成する(ステップS400)。基地局装置におけるRRCメッセージの作成は、基地局装置がシステム情報(SI:System Information)やページングメッセージを配信するために行われてよい。また基地局装置におけるRRCメッセージの作成は、基地局装置が特定の端末装置に対して処理を行わせるRRCシグナリングを送信するために行われてよい。特定の端末装置に対して行わせる処理は、例えばセキュリティに関する設定、RRC接続の再設定、異なるRATへのハンドオーバ、RRC接続の休止、RRC接続の解放などの処理を含んでよい。RRC接続の再設定処理には、例えば無線ベアラの制御(確立、変更、解放など)、セルグループの制御(確立、追加、変更、解放など)、メジャメント設定、ハンドオーバ、セキュリティ鍵更新、などの処理が含まれてよい。また基地局装置におけるRRCメッセージの作成は、端末装置から送信されたRRCシグナリングへの応答のために行われてよい。端末装置から送信されたRRCシグナリングへの応答は、例えばRRCセットアップ要求への応答、RRC再接続要求への応答、RRC再開要求への応答などを含んでよい。RRCメッセージには各種情報通知や設定のための情報(パラメータ)が含まれる。これらのパラメータは、フィールド及び/又は情報要素と呼ばれてよいし、ASN.1(Abstract Syntax Notation One)という記述方式を用いて記述されてよい。
In FIG. 4, the base station device creates an RRC message (step S400). The creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in order for the base station apparatus to distribute system information (SI: System Information) and paging messages. Also, the creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in order for the base station apparatus to transmit RRC signaling that causes a specific terminal apparatus to perform processing. The processing to be performed on a specific terminal device may include, for example, security-related settings, RRC connection reconfiguration, handover to a different RAT, RRC connection suspension, RRC connection release, and the like. RRC connection reset processing includes, for example, radio bearer control (establishment, change, release, etc.), cell group control (establishment, addition, change, release, etc.), measurement setting, handover, security key update, etc. may be included. Also, the creation of the RRC message in the base station apparatus may be performed in response to RRC signaling transmitted from the terminal apparatus. Responses to RRC signaling sent from the terminal may include, for example, responses to RRC setup requests, responses to RRC reconnection requests, responses to RRC resume requests, and the like. The RRC message contains information (parameters) for various information notifications and settings. These parameters may be called fields and/or information elements, and may be described using the description method ASN.1 (Abstract Syntax Notation One).
図4において、次に基地局装置は、作成したRRCシグナリングを端末装置に送信する(ステップS402)。次に端末装置は受信した上述のRRCシグナリングに従って、設定などの処理が必要な場合には処理を行う(ステップS404)。処理を行った端末装置は、基地局装置に対し、応答のためのRRCシグナリングを送信してよい(不図示)。
In FIG. 4, the base station device then transmits the created RRC signaling to the terminal device (step S402). Next, the terminal device performs processing such as setting according to the received RRC signaling, if necessary (step S404). The terminal device that has performed the processing may transmit RRC signaling for response to the base station device (not shown).
RRCシグナリングは、上述の例に限らず、他の目的に使われてよい。
RRC signaling is not limited to the above examples, and may be used for other purposes.
なおMR-DCにおいて、SCG側の設定(セルグループ設定、無線ベアラ設定、測定設定など)のためのRRCシグナリングを、端末装置との間で転送するのに、マスターノード側のRRCが用いられてよい。例えばEN-DC、又はNGEN-DCにおいて、eNB102とUE122との間で送受信されるE-UTRAのRRCシグナリングの、SCG側の設定のための情報要素(nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig)に、NRのRRCシグナリングがコンテナの形で含まれてよい。またNE-DCにおいて、gNB108とUE122との間で送受信されるNRのRRCシグナリングの、SCG側の設定のための情報要素(MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素)に、E-UTRAのRRCシグナリングがコンテナの形で含まれてよい。SCG側の設定のためのRRCシグナリングは、マスターノードとセカンダリノードの間で送受信されてよい。またNR-DCにおいて、gNB108とUE122との間で送受信されるNRのRRCシグナリングの、SCG側の設定のための情報要素(MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素)に、NRのRRCシグナリングがコンテナの形で含まれてよい。SCG側の設定のためのRRCシグナリングは、マスターノードとセカンダリノードの間で送受信されてよい。
In MR-DC, RRC on the master node side is used to transfer RRC signaling for SCG side settings (cell group settings, radio bearer settings, measurement settings, etc.) to and from the terminal device. good. For example, in EN-DC or NGEN-DC, the information element (nr-SecondaryCellGroupConfig) for setting the SCG side of E-UTRA RRC signaling transmitted and received between eNB 102 and UE 122, NR RRC signaling is It may be included in the form of a container. In addition, in NE-DC, E-UTRA RRC signaling is included in the information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element) for SCG side configuration of NR RRC signaling transmitted and received between gNB 108 and UE 122 in the form of a container. may be included in RRC signaling for SCG side configuration may be sent and received between the master and secondary nodes. In addition, in NR-DC, NR RRC signaling is included in the form of a container in an information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element) for configuration on the SCG side of NR RRC signaling transmitted and received between gNB 108 and UE 122. can be RRC signaling for SCG side configuration may be sent and received between the master and secondary nodes.
なお、MR-DCを利用する場合に限らず、eNB102からUE122に送信されるE-UTRA用RRCシグナリングに、NR用RRCシグナリングが含まれてよいし、gNB108からUE122に送信されるNR用RRCシグナリングに、E-UTRA用RRCシグナリングが含まれてよい。
Note that, not only when using MR-DC, RRC signaling for E-UTRA transmitted from eNB 102 to UE 122 may include RRC signaling for NR, or RRC signaling for NR transmitted from gNB 108 to UE 122. may include RRC signaling for E-UTRA.
RRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージに含まれる、パラメータの一例を説明する。図7は、図4において、NRでのRRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージに含まれる、セルグループ設定に関するフィールド、及び/又は情報要素を表すASN.1記述の一例である。また図8は、図4において、E-UTRAでのRRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージに含まれる、セルグループ設定に関するフィールド、及び/又は情報要素を表すASN.1記述の一例である。図7、図8に限らず、本実施形態におけるASN.1の例で、<略>及び<中略>とは、ASN.1の表記の一部ではなく、他の情報を省略している事を示す。なお<略>又は<中略>という記載の無い所でも、情報要素が省略されていてよい。なお本実施形態においてASN.1の例はASN.1表記方法に正しく従ったものではない。本実施形態においてASN.1の例は、本実施形態におけるRRCシグナリングのパラメータの一例を表記したものであり、他の名称や他の表記が用いられてよい。またASN.1の例は、説明が煩雑になることを避けるために、本実施形態と密接に関連する主な情報に関する例のみを示す。なお、ASN.1で記述されるパラメータを、フィールド、情報要素等に区別せず、全て情報要素と言う場合がある。また本実施形態において、RRCシグナリングに含まれる、ASN.1で記述されるフィールド、情報要素等は、情報と言い換えられてよいし、パラメータと言い換えられてよい。なおRRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージとは、NRにおけるRRC再設定メッセージであってよいし、E-UTRAにおけるRRCコネクション再設定メッセージであってよい。
An example of the parameters included in the message regarding RRC connection reconfiguration will be explained. FIG. 7 is an example of ASN.1 description representing fields and/or information elements related to cell group setting included in a message related to RRC connection reconfiguration in NR in FIG. FIG. 8 is an example of ASN.1 description representing fields and/or information elements related to cell group setting included in the message related to RRC connection reconfiguration in E-UTRA in FIG. Not limited to FIGS. 7 and 8, in the examples of ASN.1 in this embodiment, <omitted> and <omitted> are not part of the notation of ASN.1, but other information is omitted. indicates Information elements may be omitted even where there is no description of <omitted> or <omitted>. Note that the ASN.1 examples in the present embodiment do not correctly follow the ASN.1 notation method. In this embodiment, the example of ASN.1 represents an example of RRC signaling parameters in this embodiment, and other names and other representations may be used. Also, in order to avoid complicating the explanation, examples of ASN.1 show only examples of main information closely related to this embodiment. Note that all parameters described in ASN.1 may be referred to as information elements without distinguishing between fields, information elements, and the like. In addition, in the present embodiment, fields described in ASN.1, information elements, and the like included in RRC signaling may be rephrased as information or parameters. Note that the message regarding RRC connection reconfiguration may be an RRC reconfiguration message in NR or an RRC connection reconfiguration message in E-UTRA.
図7においてCellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素は、NRでのMCG又はSCGのセルグループの設定、変更、解放等に使われる情報要素であってよい。CellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素は、後述のTCI情報要素を含んでよい。CellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素を、セルグループ設定情報要素、又はセルグループ設定と言い換えてよい。またCellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素がNRでのSCGのセルグループの設定に使われる場合、このCellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素を、SCG側の設定と言い換えてよい。CellGroupConfigという名称の情報要素に含まれる、SpCellConfigという名称の情報要素は、特別なセル(SpCell)の設定に使われる情報要素であってよい。SpCellConfigという名称の情報要素を、SpCell設定情報要素、又はSpCell設定と言い換えてよい。SpCellConfigという名称の情報要素に含まれる、DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17という名称の情報要素は、後述のSCGの不活性化において設定される情報要素であってよい。DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17という名称の情報要素を、SCGの不活性化における設定と言い換えてよい。
The information element named CellGroupConfig in FIG. 7 may be an information element used for setting, changing, releasing, etc. of MCG or SCG cell groups in NR. The information element named CellGroupConfig may contain the TCI information element described below. The information element named CellGroupConfig may be rephrased as a cell group configuration information element or cell group configuration. In addition, when an information element named CellGroupConfig is used to configure an SCG cell group in NR, this information element named CellGroupConfig may be referred to as configuration on the SCG side. An information element named SpCellConfig contained in an information element named CellGroupConfig may be an information element used to configure a special cell (SpCell). The information element named SpCellConfig may be rephrased as SpCell configuration information element or SpCell configuration. The information element named DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 included in the information element named SpCellConfig may be an information element set in deactivation of SCG, which will be described later. The information element named DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 may be rephrased as configuration for SCG deactivation.
セルの活性化(Activation)および不活性化(Deactivation)について説明する。Dual Connectivityで通信する端末装置において、前述のRRCコネクションの再設定に関するメッセージによって、マスターセルグループ(MCG)とセカンダリセルグループ(SCG)の設定が基地局装置から通知される。各セルグループは、SpCellと 0個以上のSCellとで構成されてよい。MCGのSpCellはPCellとも称する。SCGのSpCellはPSCellとも称する。
Explain the activation and deactivation of cells. In a terminal device that communicates with Dual Connectivity, the master cell group (MCG) and secondary cell group (SCG) settings are notified from the base station device by the above-mentioned message regarding reconfiguration of the RRC connection. Each cell group may consist of SpCells and zero or more SCells. SpCell of MCG is also called PCell. SpCell of SCG is also called PSCell.
セルの不活性化は、PCellには適用されず、PSCellに適用されてもよい。この場合、セルの不活性化は、SpCellとSCellとで異なる処理であってもよい。
Cell deactivation does not apply to PCells, but may apply to PSCells. In this case, cell deactivation may be performed differently for SpCells and SCells.
セルの活性化および不活性化はセルグループ毎に存在するMACエンティティで処理されてよい。端末装置に設定されたSCellは下記(A)から(C)の一部または全部によって活性化および/または不活性化されてよい。
(A)SCellを活性化/不活性化させるMAC CEの受信
(B)SCell毎に設定されているSCell不活性タイマーが満了すること(前記SCellはPUCCHが設定されていないSCellに限定されてもよい)
(C)端末装置に設定されたSCell毎に設定されるRRCパラメータ(sCellState) Cell activation and deactivation may be handled by a MAC entity that exists for each cell group. The SCell configured in the terminal device may be activated and/or deactivated by some or all of (A) to (C) below.
(A) Reception of MAC CE that activates/deactivates SCell (B) Expiration of SCell inactivity timer set for each SCell (Even if the SCell is limited to SCell in which PUCCH is not set good)
(C) RRC parameter (sCellState) set for each SCell set in the terminal device
(A)SCellを活性化/不活性化させるMAC CEの受信
(B)SCell毎に設定されているSCell不活性タイマーが満了すること(前記SCellはPUCCHが設定されていないSCellに限定されてもよい)
(C)端末装置に設定されたSCell毎に設定されるRRCパラメータ(sCellState) Cell activation and deactivation may be handled by a MAC entity that exists for each cell group. The SCell configured in the terminal device may be activated and/or deactivated by some or all of (A) to (C) below.
(A) Reception of MAC CE that activates/deactivates SCell (B) Expiration of SCell inactivity timer set for each SCell (Even if the SCell is limited to SCell in which PUCCH is not set good)
(C) RRC parameter (sCellState) set for each SCell set in the terminal device
具体的には、端末装置のMACエンティティはセルグループに設定されている各SCellに対して、以下の処理(AD)の(1)から(3)の一部または全部をおこなってよい。
Specifically, the MAC entity of the terminal device may perform some or all of (1) to (3) of the following processing (AD) for each SCell set in the cell group.
処理(AD)
(1)もし、SCell設定の際にSCellに設定されているRRCパラメータ(sCellState)がactivatedに設定されている、またはSCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信した場合、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1)の(1)から(3)の一部または全部の処理を実行する。そうでなく、もし、SCellを不活性化させるMAC CEを受信した、または、活性状態のSCellにおいてSCell不活性タイマーが満了した場合、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-2)を実行する。
(2)もし、活性状態のSCellのPDCCHによって上りリンクグラントまたは下りリンク割り当てが通知されたら、または、あるサービングセルのPDCCHによって、活性状態のSCellに対する上りリンクグラントまたは下りリンク割り当てが通知されたら、または、設定された上りリンクグラントにおいてMAC PDUが送信された、または、設定された下りリンク割り当てにおいてMAC PDUが受信されたら、UE122のMACエンティティはそのSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーを再スタートする。
(3)もし、SCellが不活性状態となったら、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-3)を実行する。 Processing (AD)
(1) If the RRC parameter (sCellState) set in the SCell is set to activated when the SCell is set, or if a MAC CE that activates the SCell is received, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs processing ( Execute part or all of (1) to (3) of AD-1). Otherwise, if a MAC CE deactivating the SCell is received or if the SCell inactivity timer expires in the active SCell, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs process (AD-2).
(2) if an uplink grant or downlink allocation for an active SCell is signaled by the PDCCH of the active SCell, or if an uplink grant or downlink allocation for the active SCell is signaled by the PDCCH of a serving cell; , a MAC PDU is sent in a configured uplink grant or a MAC PDU is received in a configured downlink allocation, the MAC entity ofUE 122 restarts the SCell inactivity timer associated with that SCell. .
(3) If the SCell becomes inactive, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs processing (AD-3).
(1)もし、SCell設定の際にSCellに設定されているRRCパラメータ(sCellState)がactivatedに設定されている、またはSCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信した場合、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1)の(1)から(3)の一部または全部の処理を実行する。そうでなく、もし、SCellを不活性化させるMAC CEを受信した、または、活性状態のSCellにおいてSCell不活性タイマーが満了した場合、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-2)を実行する。
(2)もし、活性状態のSCellのPDCCHによって上りリンクグラントまたは下りリンク割り当てが通知されたら、または、あるサービングセルのPDCCHによって、活性状態のSCellに対する上りリンクグラントまたは下りリンク割り当てが通知されたら、または、設定された上りリンクグラントにおいてMAC PDUが送信された、または、設定された下りリンク割り当てにおいてMAC PDUが受信されたら、UE122のMACエンティティはそのSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーを再スタートする。
(3)もし、SCellが不活性状態となったら、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-3)を実行する。 Processing (AD)
(1) If the RRC parameter (sCellState) set in the SCell is set to activated when the SCell is set, or if a MAC CE that activates the SCell is received, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs processing ( Execute part or all of (1) to (3) of AD-1). Otherwise, if a MAC CE deactivating the SCell is received or if the SCell inactivity timer expires in the active SCell, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs process (AD-2).
(2) if an uplink grant or downlink allocation for an active SCell is signaled by the PDCCH of the active SCell, or if an uplink grant or downlink allocation for the active SCell is signaled by the PDCCH of a serving cell; , a MAC PDU is sent in a configured uplink grant or a MAC PDU is received in a configured downlink allocation, the MAC entity of
(3) If the SCell becomes inactive, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs processing (AD-3).
処理(AD-1)
(1)もし、NRにおいて、このSCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信する前にこのSCellが不活性状態であった、またはSCell設定の際にそのSCellに設定されているRRCパラメータ(sCellState)がactivatedに設定されているならば、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1-1)の(1)から(3)の一部または全部の処理を行う。
(2)端末装置のMACエンティティは、そのSCellに対応付けられたSCell不活性タイマーをスタート、または(すでにSCell不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。
(3)もし、Active DL BWPが休眠BWP(Dormant BWP)でない場合、ストアされている設定(stored configuration)に従って、このSCellに対応付けられている、サスペンドされたタイプ1コンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントが存在すれば、端末装置のMACエンティティは、これを(再)初期化する。そして端末装置のMACエンティティは、PHRをトリガする。 Processing (AD-1)
(1) If, in NR, this SCell was in an inactive state before receiving the MAC CE that activates this SCell, or if the RRC parameter (sCellState) set in that SCell when setting up the SCell is If it is set to activated, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs part or all of the processing (1) to (3) of processing (AD-1-1).
(2) The MAC entity of the terminal device starts or restarts (if the SCell inactivity timer has already started) the SCell inactivity timer associated with the SCell.
(3) If the Active DL BWP is not a Dormant BWP, the suspendedType 1 Configured Uplink Grant associated with this SCell according to the stored configuration. If present, the terminal's MAC entity (re)initializes it. The terminal's MAC entity then triggers the PHR.
(1)もし、NRにおいて、このSCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信する前にこのSCellが不活性状態であった、またはSCell設定の際にそのSCellに設定されているRRCパラメータ(sCellState)がactivatedに設定されているならば、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1-1)の(1)から(3)の一部または全部の処理を行う。
(2)端末装置のMACエンティティは、そのSCellに対応付けられたSCell不活性タイマーをスタート、または(すでにSCell不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。
(3)もし、Active DL BWPが休眠BWP(Dormant BWP)でない場合、ストアされている設定(stored configuration)に従って、このSCellに対応付けられている、サスペンドされたタイプ1コンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントが存在すれば、端末装置のMACエンティティは、これを(再)初期化する。そして端末装置のMACエンティティは、PHRをトリガする。 Processing (AD-1)
(1) If, in NR, this SCell was in an inactive state before receiving the MAC CE that activates this SCell, or if the RRC parameter (sCellState) set in that SCell when setting up the SCell is If it is set to activated, the MAC entity of the terminal device performs part or all of the processing (1) to (3) of processing (AD-1-1).
(2) The MAC entity of the terminal device starts or restarts (if the SCell inactivity timer has already started) the SCell inactivity timer associated with the SCell.
(3) If the Active DL BWP is not a Dormant BWP, the suspended
処理(AD-1-1)
(1)もし、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示されるBWPが、休眠(Dormant)BWPに設定されていないなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1-1-1)を行う。
(2)もし、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示されるBWPが、休眠(Dormant)BWPに設定されているなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、このサービングセルのBWP不活性タイマー(bwp-InactivityTimer)が走っているなら、これを止める。
(3)端末装置のMACエンティティは、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている、第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示される下りリンクのBWPと、第1アクティブ上りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id)で示される上りリンクのBWPを活性化させる。 Treatment (AD-1-1)
(1) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is not set to a dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity performs processing (AD-1-1-1).
(2) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is set to Dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity will stop this serving cell's BWP-Inactivity Timer (bwp-InactivityTimer) if it is running.
(3) The MAC entity of the terminal device uses the downlink BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) configured in the RRC message for the SCell and the first active uplink BWP. Activate the uplink BWP indicated by the identifier (firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id).
(1)もし、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示されるBWPが、休眠(Dormant)BWPに設定されていないなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは処理(AD-1-1-1)を行う。
(2)もし、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示されるBWPが、休眠(Dormant)BWPに設定されているなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、このサービングセルのBWP不活性タイマー(bwp-InactivityTimer)が走っているなら、これを止める。
(3)端末装置のMACエンティティは、そのSCellに対してRRCメッセージで設定されている、第1アクティブ下りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id)で示される下りリンクのBWPと、第1アクティブ上りリンクBWP識別子(firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id)で示される上りリンクのBWPを活性化させる。 Treatment (AD-1-1)
(1) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is not set to a dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity performs processing (AD-1-1-1).
(2) If the BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) set in the RRC message for that SCell is set to Dormant BWP, the terminal device The MAC entity will stop this serving cell's BWP-Inactivity Timer (bwp-InactivityTimer) if it is running.
(3) The MAC entity of the terminal device uses the downlink BWP indicated by the first active downlink BWP identifier (firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id) configured in the RRC message for the SCell and the first active uplink BWP. Activate the uplink BWP indicated by the identifier (firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id).
処理(AD-1-1-1)
端末装置のMACエンティティは、既定のタイミングでSCellを活性状態にして、下記(A)から(E)の一部または全部を含む通常のSCell動作(Operation)を適用(apply)する。
(A)このSCellでサウンディング参照信号(SRS)を送信する。
(B)このSCellのためのCSIを報告する。
(C)このSCellのPDCCHをモニタする。
(D)このSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。(他のサービングセルにおいてこのSCellに対するスケジュールが行われる場合)
(E)もしPUCCHが設定されていれば、このSCellでPUCCHを送信する。 Treatment (AD-1-1-1)
The MAC entity of the terminal device activates the SCell at a predetermined timing and applies normal SCell operations including some or all of (A) to (E) below.
(A) Transmit a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) on this SCell.
(B) Report CSI for this SCell.
(C) Monitor the PDCCH of this SCell.
(D) Monitor the PDCCH for this SCell. (If scheduling is done for this SCell in another serving cell)
(E) If PUCCH is configured, transmit PUCCH in this SCell.
端末装置のMACエンティティは、既定のタイミングでSCellを活性状態にして、下記(A)から(E)の一部または全部を含む通常のSCell動作(Operation)を適用(apply)する。
(A)このSCellでサウンディング参照信号(SRS)を送信する。
(B)このSCellのためのCSIを報告する。
(C)このSCellのPDCCHをモニタする。
(D)このSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。(他のサービングセルにおいてこのSCellに対するスケジュールが行われる場合)
(E)もしPUCCHが設定されていれば、このSCellでPUCCHを送信する。 Treatment (AD-1-1-1)
The MAC entity of the terminal device activates the SCell at a predetermined timing and applies normal SCell operations including some or all of (A) to (E) below.
(A) Transmit a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) on this SCell.
(B) Report CSI for this SCell.
(C) Monitor the PDCCH of this SCell.
(D) Monitor the PDCCH for this SCell. (If scheduling is done for this SCell in another serving cell)
(E) If PUCCH is configured, transmit PUCCH in this SCell.
処理(AD-2)
端末装置のMACエンティティは下記(A)から(F)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)このSCellを不活性化する。
(B)このSCellに対応付けられているSCell不活性タイマーを停止する。
(C)このSCellに対応付けられているすべてのActive BWPを不活性化する。
(D)このSCellに対応付けられている、すべての設定された下りリンク割り当ておよび/またはすべてのグラントタイプ2のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをクリアする。
(E)このSCellに対応付けられている、すべてのグラントタイプ1のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。
(F)このSCellに対応付けられているHARQのバッファをフラッシュする。 Processing (AD-2)
The MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (F) below.
(A) Inactivating this SCell.
(B) Stop the SCell inactivity timer associated with this SCell.
(C) Deactivate all Active BWPs associated with this SCell.
(D) Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants associated with this SCell.
(E) Suspend all configured uplink grants ofgrant type 1 associated with this SCell.
(F) Flush the HARQ buffer associated with this SCell.
端末装置のMACエンティティは下記(A)から(F)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)このSCellを不活性化する。
(B)このSCellに対応付けられているSCell不活性タイマーを停止する。
(C)このSCellに対応付けられているすべてのActive BWPを不活性化する。
(D)このSCellに対応付けられている、すべての設定された下りリンク割り当ておよび/またはすべてのグラントタイプ2のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをクリアする。
(E)このSCellに対応付けられている、すべてのグラントタイプ1のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。
(F)このSCellに対応付けられているHARQのバッファをフラッシュする。 Processing (AD-2)
The MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (F) below.
(A) Inactivating this SCell.
(B) Stop the SCell inactivity timer associated with this SCell.
(C) Deactivate all Active BWPs associated with this SCell.
(D) Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants associated with this SCell.
(E) Suspend all configured uplink grants of
(F) Flush the HARQ buffer associated with this SCell.
処理(AD-3)
端末装置のMACエンティティは下記(A)から(D)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)このSCellでSRSを送信しない。
(B)このSCellのためのCSIを報告しない。
(C)このSCellでPUCCH、UL-SCH、および/またはRACHを送信しない。
(D)このSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのSCellに対するPDCCHのモニタをしない。 Processing (AD-3)
The MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (D) below.
(A) Do not transmit SRS on this SCell.
(B) Do not report CSI for this SCell.
(C) Do not transmit PUCCH, UL-SCH and/or RACH on this SCell.
(D) Do not monitor the PDCCH of this SCell and/or the PDCCH for this SCell.
端末装置のMACエンティティは下記(A)から(D)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)このSCellでSRSを送信しない。
(B)このSCellのためのCSIを報告しない。
(C)このSCellでPUCCH、UL-SCH、および/またはRACHを送信しない。
(D)このSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのSCellに対するPDCCHのモニタをしない。 Processing (AD-3)
The MAC entity of the terminal equipment implements some or all of (A) to (D) below.
(A) Do not transmit SRS on this SCell.
(B) Do not report CSI for this SCell.
(C) Do not transmit PUCCH, UL-SCH and/or RACH on this SCell.
(D) Do not monitor the PDCCH of this SCell and/or the PDCCH for this SCell.
上記のように、MACエンティティが処理(AD)を行うことにより、SCellが活性化および不活性化される。
As described above, the SCell is activated and deactivated by the processing (AD) performed by the MAC entity.
また前述のようにSCellが追加される場合に、RRCシグナリングによってSCellの初期状態が設定されてもよい。
Also, when the SCell is added as described above, the initial state of the SCell may be set by RRC signaling.
ここで、SCell不活性タイマーについて説明する。PUCCHが設定されないSCellに対しては、RRCシグナリングによって、SCell不活性タイマーの値(タイマーが満了したとみなされる時間に関する情報)が通知されてよい。例えば、RRCシグナリングでSCell不活性タイマーの値として40msを示す情報が通知された場合、上記処理(AD)において、タイマーをスタートまたは再スタートしてからタイマーが停止することなく通知された時間(ここでは40ms)が経過したしたときに、タイマーが満了したとみなされる。また、SCell不活性タイマーは、sCellDeactivationTimerという名称のタイマーであってもよい。
Here, the SCell inactivity timer will be explained. For SCells for which PUCCH is not configured, the value of the SCell inactivity timer (information regarding the time when the timer is considered to have expired) may be notified by RRC signaling. For example, when information indicating 40 ms is notified as the value of the SCell inactivity timer by RRC signaling, in the above process (AD), the time notified without stopping the timer after starting or restarting the timer (here 40ms), the timer is considered expired. The SCell deactivation timer may also be a timer named sCellDeactivationTimer.
ここで、帯域部分(BWP)について説明する。
Here, the bandwidth part (BWP) will be explained.
BWPはサービングセルの帯域の一部あるいは全部の帯域であってよい。また、BWPはキャリアBWP(Carrier BWP)と呼称されてもよい。端末装置には、1つまたは複数のBWPが設定されてよい。あるBWPは初期セルサーチで検出された同期信号に対応づけられたシステム情報に含まれる情報によって設定されてもよい。また、あるBWPは初期セルサーチを行う周波数に対応づけられた周波数帯域幅であってもよい。また、あるBWPはRRCシグナリング(例えばDedicated RRC signaling)で設定されてもよい。また、下りリンクのBWP(DL BWP)と上りリンクのBWP(UL BWP)とが個別に設定されてもよい。また、1つまたは複数の上りリンクのBWPが1つまたは複数の下りリンクのBWPと対応づけられてよい。また、上りリンクのBWPと下りリンクのBWPとの対応づけは既定の対応づけであってもよいし、RRCシグナリング(例えばDedicated RRC signaling)による対応付けでもよいし、物理層のシグナリング(例えば下りリンク制御チャネルで通知される下りリンク制御情報(DCI)による対応付けであってもよいし、それらの組み合わせであってもよい。また、下りリンクのBWPにおいて、CORESETが設定されてよい。
The BWP may be part or all of the bandwidth of the serving cell. A BWP may also be called a carrier BWP. A terminal device may be configured with one or more BWPs. A certain BWP may be set by information contained in the system information associated with the synchronization signal detected in the initial cell search. Also, a certain BWP may be a frequency bandwidth associated with a frequency for initial cell search. Some BWPs may also be configured with RRC signaling (eg Dedicated RRC signaling). Also, the downlink BWP (DL BWP) and the uplink BWP (UL BWP) may be configured separately. Also, one or more uplink BWPs may be associated with one or more downlink BWPs. Further, the association between the uplink BWP and the downlink BWP may be a default association, may be an association by RRC signaling (for example, Dedicated RRC signaling), or may be associated by physical layer signaling (for example, downlink The association may be based on downlink control information (DCI) notified by a control channel, or a combination thereof, and CORESET may be set in the downlink BWP.
BWPは連続する物理無線ブロック(PRB:Physical Resource Block)のグループで構成されてよい。また、接続状態の端末装置に対して、各コンポーネントキャリアのBWP(1つまたは複数のBWP)のパラメータが設定されてよい。各コンポーネントキャリアのBWPのパラメータには、(A)サイクリックプレフィックスの種類、(B)サブキャリア間隔、(C)BWPの周波数位置(例えば、BWPの低周波数側の開始位置または中心周波数位置)(周波数位置は例えば、ARFCNが用いられてもよいし、サービングセルの特定のサブキャリアからのオフセットが用いられてもよい。また、オフセットの単位はサブキャリア単位であってもよいし、リソースブロック単位でもよい。また、ARFCNとオフセットの両方が設定されるかもしれない)、(D)BWPの帯域幅(例えばPRB数)、(E)制御信号のリソース設定情報、(F)SSブロックの中心周波数位置(周波数位置は例えば、ARFCNが用いられてもよいし、サービングセルの特定のサブキャリアからのオフセットが用いられてもよい。また、オフセットの単位はサブキャリア単位であってもよいし、リソースブロック単位でもよい。また、ARFCNとオフセットの両方が設定されるかもしれない。)の一部あるいは全部が含まれてよい。また、制御信号のリソース設定情報が、少なくともPCellおよび/またはPSCellの一部あるいは全部のBWPの設定に含まれてもよい。
A BWP may consist of a group of consecutive physical radio blocks (PRB: Physical Resource Block). Also, parameters of the BWP (one or more BWPs) of each component carrier may be set for the terminal device in the connected state. The BWP parameters for each component carrier include (A) the type of cyclic prefix, (B) the subcarrier spacing, (C) the frequency position of the BWP (for example, the start position or center frequency position on the low frequency side of the BWP) ( For the frequency position, for example, ARFCN may be used, or an offset from a specific subcarrier of the serving cell may be used.In addition, the offset unit may be a subcarrier unit or a resource block unit. Also, both ARFCN and offset may be configured), (D) BWP bandwidth (e.g. number of PRBs), (E) control signal resource configuration information, (F) SS block center frequency location (For the frequency position, for example, ARFCN may be used, or an offset from a specific subcarrier of the serving cell may be used. Further, the offset unit may be a subcarrier unit, a resource block unit Also, both the ARFCN and the offset may be set.) may be included. Also, the resource configuration information of the control signal may be included in the BWP configuration of at least some or all of the PCell and/or PSCell.
端末装置は、1つまたは複数の設定されたBWPのうち、Active BWP(アクティブなBWP)において送受信をおこなってよい。端末装置に関連付けられている1つのサービングセルにおいて、1つまたは複数のBWPが設定されてよい。端末装置に関連付けられている1つのサービングセルに対して設定された1つまたは複数のBWPのうち、ある時間において、最大で1つの上りリンクBWP、および/または最大で1つの下りリンクBWPがActive BWPとなるように設定されてもよい。下りリンクのActive BWPをAcitve DL BWPとも称する。上りリンクのActive BWPをActive UL BWPとも称する。また、端末装置に1つまたは複数設定されているBWPのうち、Active BWPでないBWPをInactive BWP(インアクティブなBWP)と称してよい。
A terminal device may transmit and receive in an Active BWP out of one or more set BWPs. One or more BWPs may be configured in one serving cell associated with the terminal. Of the one or more BWPs configured for one serving cell associated with the terminal, at most one uplink BWP and/or at most one downlink BWP is Active BWP at any given time. may be set to be Downlink Active BWP is also called Active DL BWP. Uplink Active BWP is also called Active UL BWP. Also, among the BWPs set in one or more terminal devices, a BWP that is not an active BWP may be referred to as an inactive BWP.
次にBWPの活性化/不活性化について説明する。BWPの活性化とは、BWPを活性化すること、または、Inactive BWPを活性化することを意味してよい。また、BWPの不活性化とは、BWPを不活性化すること、または、Active BWPを不活性化することを意味してよい。サービングセルにおけるBWP切り替え(BWP switching)は、Inactive BWPを活性化して、Active BWPを不活性化するために用いられる。
Next, I will explain the activation/deactivation of BWP. Activating a BWP may mean activating a BWP or activating an Inactive BWP. Also, deactivation of BWP may mean deactivation of BWP or deactivation of Active BWP. BWP switching in the serving cell is used to activate the Inactive BWP and deactivate the Active BWP.
BWP切り替えは、下りリンク割り当てまたは上りリンクグラントを示すPDCCH、BWP不活性タイマー、RRCシグナリング、またはランダムアクセス手順の開始のためにMACエンティティそれ自身によって制御される。サービングセルのActive BWPは、RRCまたはPDCCHによって示される。
BWP switching is controlled by the MAC entity itself for PDCCH indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant, BWP inactivity timer, RRC signaling, or initiation of random access procedures. Active BWP of the serving cell is indicated by RRC or PDCCH.
次にBWP不活性タイマー(bwp-InactivityTimer)について説明する。BWP不活性タイマーが設定された、活性化されたサービングセル(Activated Serving Cell)の各々に対して、MACエンティティは、次の処理(DB)の(1)から(2)の一部または全部の処理を実施する。
Next, I will explain the BWP inactivity timer (bwp-InactivityTimer). For each activated serving cell for which the BWP inactivity timer is set, the MAC entity performs some or all of (1) to (2) of the following processing (DB) to implement.
処理(DB)
(1)もしデフォルト下りリンクBWPの識別子(defaultDownlinkBWP-Id)が設定されており、Active DL BWPがdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでなく、Active DL BWPが休眠BWP識別子(dormantBWP-Id)で示されるBWPでない、または、もしデフォルト下りリンクBWPのdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されておらず、Active DL BWPがイニシャル下りリンクBWP(initialDownlinkBWP)でなく、Active DL BWPがdormantBWP-Idで示されるBWPでないなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A)の(1)および(2)を実施する。
(2)端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、BWP切り替えのためのPDCCHを受信し、Active DL BWPを切り替えたら、次の処理(DB-B)を実施する。 Processing (DB)
(1) If the default downlink BWP identifier (defaultDownlinkBWP-Id) is set and the Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by defaultDownlinkBWP-Id, but the Active DL BWP is indicated by the dormant BWP identifier (dormantBWP-Id) not a BWP, or if the defaultDownlinkBWP-Id of the default downlink BWP is not set, the Active DL BWP is not the initial downlink BWP (initialDownlinkBWP), and the Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by the dormantBWP-Id The MAC entity of the device performs (1) and (2) of the following processing (DB-A).
(2) If the MAC entity of the terminal device receives the PDCCH for BWP switching and switches the Active DL BWP, it performs the following process (DB-B).
(1)もしデフォルト下りリンクBWPの識別子(defaultDownlinkBWP-Id)が設定されており、Active DL BWPがdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでなく、Active DL BWPが休眠BWP識別子(dormantBWP-Id)で示されるBWPでない、または、もしデフォルト下りリンクBWPのdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されておらず、Active DL BWPがイニシャル下りリンクBWP(initialDownlinkBWP)でなく、Active DL BWPがdormantBWP-Idで示されるBWPでないなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A)の(1)および(2)を実施する。
(2)端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、BWP切り替えのためのPDCCHを受信し、Active DL BWPを切り替えたら、次の処理(DB-B)を実施する。 Processing (DB)
(1) If the default downlink BWP identifier (defaultDownlinkBWP-Id) is set and the Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by defaultDownlinkBWP-Id, but the Active DL BWP is indicated by the dormant BWP identifier (dormantBWP-Id) not a BWP, or if the defaultDownlinkBWP-Id of the default downlink BWP is not set, the Active DL BWP is not the initial downlink BWP (initialDownlinkBWP), and the Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by the dormantBWP-Id The MAC entity of the device performs (1) and (2) of the following processing (DB-A).
(2) If the MAC entity of the terminal device receives the PDCCH for BWP switching and switches the Active DL BWP, it performs the following process (DB-B).
処理(DB-A)
(1)もし、Active DL BWPで、下りリンク割り当て(Assignment)または上りリンクグラントを示す、C-RNTIまたはCS-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHを受信した、または、もし、Active DL BWPのための、下りリンク割り当てまたは上りリンクグラントを示す、C-RNTIまたはCS-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHを受信した、または、もし、コンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントでMAC PDUが送信された、またはコンフィギュアード下りリンク割り当てでMAC PDUが受信されたなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A-1)を実施する。
(2)もし、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーが満了(Expire)したら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A-2)を実施する。 Processing (DB-A)
(1) if a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant is received in Active DL BWP, or if for Active DL BWP, Received PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant or if MAC PDU was sent with configured uplink grant or configured downlink If a MAC PDU has been received for allocation, the MAC entity of the terminal performs the following processing (DB-A-1).
(2) If the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP expires (Expire), the MAC entity of the terminal device performs the following process (DB-A-2).
(1)もし、Active DL BWPで、下りリンク割り当て(Assignment)または上りリンクグラントを示す、C-RNTIまたはCS-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHを受信した、または、もし、Active DL BWPのための、下りリンク割り当てまたは上りリンクグラントを示す、C-RNTIまたはCS-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHを受信した、または、もし、コンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントでMAC PDUが送信された、またはコンフィギュアード下りリンク割り当てでMAC PDUが受信されたなら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A-1)を実施する。
(2)もし、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーが満了(Expire)したら、端末装置のMACエンティティは次の処理(DB-A-2)を実施する。 Processing (DB-A)
(1) if a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant is received in Active DL BWP, or if for Active DL BWP, Received PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI or CS-RNTI indicating downlink assignment or uplink grant or if MAC PDU was sent with configured uplink grant or configured downlink If a MAC PDU has been received for allocation, the MAC entity of the terminal performs the following processing (DB-A-1).
(2) If the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP expires (Expire), the MAC entity of the terminal device performs the following process (DB-A-2).
処理(DB-A-1)
もし、このサービングセルに関連付けられたランダムアクセス手順が実行中でない、または、このサービングセルに関連付けられた実行中のランダムアクセス手順が、C-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHの受信によって成功裏に完了(Successfully completed)したら、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーをスタートまたは(すでにBWP不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。 Processing (DB-A-1)
If the random access procedure associated with this serving cell is not in progress, or the ongoing random access procedure associated with this serving cell was successfully completed by receiving a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI ), start or (if the BWP inactivity timer was already started) restart the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP.
もし、このサービングセルに関連付けられたランダムアクセス手順が実行中でない、または、このサービングセルに関連付けられた実行中のランダムアクセス手順が、C-RNTIにアドレスされたPDCCHの受信によって成功裏に完了(Successfully completed)したら、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーをスタートまたは(すでにBWP不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。 Processing (DB-A-1)
If the random access procedure associated with this serving cell is not in progress, or the ongoing random access procedure associated with this serving cell was successfully completed by receiving a PDCCH addressed to C-RNTI ), start or (if the BWP inactivity timer was already started) restart the BWP inactivity timer associated with the Active DL BWP.
処理(DB-A-2)
もし、defaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されていたら、このdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPにBWP切り替えをおこない、そうでないなら、initialDownlinkBWPにBWP切り替えをおこなう。 Processing (DB-A-2)
If defaultDownlinkBWP-Id is set, perform BWP switching to the BWP indicated by this defaultDownlinkBWP-Id; otherwise, perform BWP switching to initialDownlinkBWP.
もし、defaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されていたら、このdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPにBWP切り替えをおこない、そうでないなら、initialDownlinkBWPにBWP切り替えをおこなう。 Processing (DB-A-2)
If defaultDownlinkBWP-Id is set, perform BWP switching to the BWP indicated by this defaultDownlinkBWP-Id; otherwise, perform BWP switching to initialDownlinkBWP.
処理(DB-B)
もしdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されており、切り替えたActive DL BWPがdormantDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでない、かつ、もし切り替えたActive DL BWPがdormantDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでないなら、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーをスタートまたは(すでにBWP不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。 Processing (DB-B)
If defaultDownlinkBWP-Id is set, the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, and if the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, then the Active DL BWP is associated with Starts or restarts the BWP inactivity timer (if the BWP inactivity timer has already started).
もしdefaultDownlinkBWP-Idが設定されており、切り替えたActive DL BWPがdormantDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでない、かつ、もし切り替えたActive DL BWPがdormantDownlinkBWP-Idで示されるBWPでないなら、Active DL BWPに関連付けられたBWP不活性タイマーをスタートまたは(すでにBWP不活性タイマーがスタートしている場合は)再スタートする。 Processing (DB-B)
If defaultDownlinkBWP-Id is set, the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, and if the switched Active DL BWP is not the BWP indicated by dormantDownlinkBWP-Id, then the Active DL BWP is associated with Starts or restarts the BWP inactivity timer (if the BWP inactivity timer has already started).
BWPが設定されている、活性化された各サービングセルにおいて、端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、BWPが活性化され(Active BWPであり)、そのサービングセルにおけるActive DL BWPが休眠BWP(dormant BWP)でないなら、下記(A)から(H)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)そのBWPでUL-SCHを送信する。
(B)もしPRACHオケージョンが設定されているなら、そのBWPでRACHを送信する。
(C)そのBWPでPDCCHをモニタする。
(D)もしPUCCHが設定されているなら、そのBWPでPUCCHを送信する。
(E)そのBWPでCSIを報告する。
(F)もしSRSが設定されているなら、そのBWPでSRSを送信する。
(G)そのBWPでDL-SCHを受信する。
(H) もしあればストアされた設定(stored configuration)に従って、そのActive BWPで設定されている、グラントタイプ1のサスペンドされたすべてのコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントを(再び)初期化する。 In each activated serving cell where the BWP is configured, the MAC entity of the terminal equipment, if the BWP is activated (is Active BWP) and the Active DL BWP in that serving cell is not a dormant BWP (dormant BWP) If so, perform some or all of (A) to (H) below.
(A) Transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
(B) If a PRACH occasion is configured, send RACH on that BWP.
(C) Monitor the PDCCH on that BWP.
(D) If PUCCH is configured, transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
(E) Report CSI on its BWP.
(F) If SRS is configured, send SRS on that BWP.
(G) Receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
(H) (Re)initialize all suspended configured uplink grants ofgrant type 1 configured in that Active BWP according to the stored configuration, if any.
(A)そのBWPでUL-SCHを送信する。
(B)もしPRACHオケージョンが設定されているなら、そのBWPでRACHを送信する。
(C)そのBWPでPDCCHをモニタする。
(D)もしPUCCHが設定されているなら、そのBWPでPUCCHを送信する。
(E)そのBWPでCSIを報告する。
(F)もしSRSが設定されているなら、そのBWPでSRSを送信する。
(G)そのBWPでDL-SCHを受信する。
(H) もしあればストアされた設定(stored configuration)に従って、そのActive BWPで設定されている、グラントタイプ1のサスペンドされたすべてのコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントを(再び)初期化する。 In each activated serving cell where the BWP is configured, the MAC entity of the terminal equipment, if the BWP is activated (is Active BWP) and the Active DL BWP in that serving cell is not a dormant BWP (dormant BWP) If so, perform some or all of (A) to (H) below.
(A) Transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
(B) If a PRACH occasion is configured, send RACH on that BWP.
(C) Monitor the PDCCH on that BWP.
(D) If PUCCH is configured, transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
(E) Report CSI on its BWP.
(F) If SRS is configured, send SRS on that BWP.
(G) Receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
(H) (Re)initialize all suspended configured uplink grants of
端末装置のMACエンティティは、もし、BWPが不活性化されたら、下記(A)から(I)の一部または全部を実施する。
(A)そのBWPでUL-SCHを送信しない。
(B)そのBWPでRACHを送信しない。
(C)そのBWPでPDCCHをモニタしない。
(D)そのBWPでPUCCHを送信しない。
(E)そのBWPでCSIを報告しない。
(F)そのBWPでSRSを送信しない。
(G)そのBWPでDL-SCHを受信しない。
(H)そのBWPで設定されている、すべての設定された下りリンク割り当ておよび/またはすべてのグラントタイプ2のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをクリアする。
(I)そのInactive BWP(インアクティブなBWP)のすべてのグラントタイプ1のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。 The MAC entity of the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (I) below if the BWP is deactivated.
(A) Do not transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
(B) Do not send RACH on that BWP.
(C) Do not monitor PDCCH on that BWP.
(D) Do not transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
(E) Do not report CSI on that BWP.
(F) Do not send SRS on that BWP.
(G) Do not receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
(H) Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants configured in that BWP.
(I) Suspend all configured uplink grants ofgrant type 1 for that Inactive BWP.
(A)そのBWPでUL-SCHを送信しない。
(B)そのBWPでRACHを送信しない。
(C)そのBWPでPDCCHをモニタしない。
(D)そのBWPでPUCCHを送信しない。
(E)そのBWPでCSIを報告しない。
(F)そのBWPでSRSを送信しない。
(G)そのBWPでDL-SCHを受信しない。
(H)そのBWPで設定されている、すべての設定された下りリンク割り当ておよび/またはすべてのグラントタイプ2のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをクリアする。
(I)そのInactive BWP(インアクティブなBWP)のすべてのグラントタイプ1のコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。 The MAC entity of the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (I) below if the BWP is deactivated.
(A) Do not transmit UL-SCH on that BWP.
(B) Do not send RACH on that BWP.
(C) Do not monitor PDCCH on that BWP.
(D) Do not transmit PUCCH on that BWP.
(E) Do not report CSI on that BWP.
(F) Do not send SRS on that BWP.
(G) Do not receive DL-SCH on that BWP.
(H) Clear all configured downlink assignments and/or all grant type 2 configured uplink grants configured in that BWP.
(I) Suspend all configured uplink grants of
次にSCGの不活性化(Deactivation)および活性化(Activation)について説明する。
Next, I will explain the deactivation and activation of SCG.
SCGの不活性化とは、SCGを不活性化することを意味してよい。また、SCGの不活性化とは、MACエンティティがSCGに関連付けられ、かつ前記MACエンティティに対応するセルグループを不活性化することを意味してよい。また、SCGの不活性化とは、PSCell(SCGのSpCell)の不活性化、または、PSCellを不活性化することを意味してよい。SCGの活性化とは、SCGを活性化することを意味してよい。また、SCGの活性化とは、MACエンティティがSCGに関連付けられ、かつ前記MACエンティティに対応するセルグループを活性化することを意味してよい。また、SCGの活性化とは、PSCell(SCGのSpCell)の活性化、または、PSCellを活性化することを意味してよい。
Inactivation of SCG may mean inactivation of SCG. Also, deactivating an SCG may mean deactivating a cell group in which a MAC entity is associated with the SCG and corresponds to the MAC entity. Inactivation of SCG may mean inactivation of PSCell (SpCell of SCG) or inactivation of PSCell. Activation of SCG may mean activating SCG. Also, activating an SCG may mean activating a cell group in which a MAC entity is associated with the SCG and corresponds to said MAC entity. Activation of SCG may mean activation of PSCell (SpCell of SCG) or activation of PSCell.
LTEおよび/またはNRにおいて、SCGの不活性状態とは、端末装置が、そのSCGのPSCell(SpCell)において下記の処理(SD-1)の(A)から(P)の一部または全部を実施する状態であってよい。また、SCGの不活性状態とは、SCGが不活性化されている状態を意味してよい。
In LTE and/or NR, the SCG inactive state means that the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (P) of the following processing (SD-1) in the SCG PSCell (SpCell). may be in a state where In addition, the inactive state of SCG may mean a state in which SCG is inactivated.
処理(SD-1)
(A)このPSCellでSRSを送信しない。
(B)このPSCellのためのCSIを測定する。
(C)このPSCellのためのCSIを報告しない。
(D)このPSCellでPUCCHを送信しない。
(E)このPSCellでUL-SCHを送信しない。
(F)このPSCellでRACHを送信しない。
(G)このPSCellのPDCCHをモニタしない。
(H)このPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(I)このPSCellにおけるActive BWPを不活性化する。
(J)このPSCellで間欠受信(DRX)を行う。
(K)このPSCellでのUL-SCH送信のための上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(L)このPSCellでBWPが活性化されており、上述のBWPにおいて上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(M)このPSCellで自動増幅制御(Automatic Gain Control:AGC)、ビーム失敗回復を含むビーム失敗検出(Beam Failure Detection:BFD)、および/または無線リンクモニタリング(Radio Link Monitoring:RLM)を行う。
(N)このPSCellに対応付けられている、グラントタイプ1の一部またはすべてのコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。
(O)このPSCellを含むTAG(PTAG)に関連付けられたtimeAlignmentTimer(TAT)を維持する。
(P)SCGのMACエンティティに部分的なMACリセット(partial MAC reset)を実行させる。 Processing (SD-1)
(A) Do not transmit SRS in this PSCell.
(B) Measure CSI for this PSCell.
(C) Do not report CSI for this PSCell.
(D) Do not transmit PUCCH in this PSCell.
(E) Do not transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell.
(F) Do not transmit RACH on this PSCell.
(G) Do not monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell.
(H) Do not monitor PDCCH for this PSCell.
(I) Inactivate the Active BWP in this PSCell.
(J) Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
(K) PDCCH for this PSCell addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant for UL-SCH transmission on this PSCell and/or this PSCell Do not monitor PDCCH for
(L) PDCCH for this PSCell with BWP activated on this PSCell and addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant in said BWP; and / Or do not monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(M) This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
(N) Suspend some or all configured uplink grants ofgrant type 1 associated with this PSCell.
(O) Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
(P) Have the SCG MAC entity perform a partial MAC reset.
(A)このPSCellでSRSを送信しない。
(B)このPSCellのためのCSIを測定する。
(C)このPSCellのためのCSIを報告しない。
(D)このPSCellでPUCCHを送信しない。
(E)このPSCellでUL-SCHを送信しない。
(F)このPSCellでRACHを送信しない。
(G)このPSCellのPDCCHをモニタしない。
(H)このPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(I)このPSCellにおけるActive BWPを不活性化する。
(J)このPSCellで間欠受信(DRX)を行う。
(K)このPSCellでのUL-SCH送信のための上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(L)このPSCellでBWPが活性化されており、上述のBWPにおいて上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタしない。
(M)このPSCellで自動増幅制御(Automatic Gain Control:AGC)、ビーム失敗回復を含むビーム失敗検出(Beam Failure Detection:BFD)、および/または無線リンクモニタリング(Radio Link Monitoring:RLM)を行う。
(N)このPSCellに対応付けられている、グラントタイプ1の一部またはすべてのコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントをサスペンドする。
(O)このPSCellを含むTAG(PTAG)に関連付けられたtimeAlignmentTimer(TAT)を維持する。
(P)SCGのMACエンティティに部分的なMACリセット(partial MAC reset)を実行させる。 Processing (SD-1)
(A) Do not transmit SRS in this PSCell.
(B) Measure CSI for this PSCell.
(C) Do not report CSI for this PSCell.
(D) Do not transmit PUCCH in this PSCell.
(E) Do not transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell.
(F) Do not transmit RACH on this PSCell.
(G) Do not monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell.
(H) Do not monitor PDCCH for this PSCell.
(I) Inactivate the Active BWP in this PSCell.
(J) Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
(K) PDCCH for this PSCell addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant for UL-SCH transmission on this PSCell and/or this PSCell Do not monitor PDCCH for
(L) PDCCH for this PSCell with BWP activated on this PSCell and addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant in said BWP; and / Or do not monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(M) This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
(N) Suspend some or all configured uplink grants of
(O) Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
(P) Have the SCG MAC entity perform a partial MAC reset.
上記の処理(SD-1)の(M)は、SCG側の設定にbfd-and-RLMというパラメータが含まれることに基づいて実施されてよい。
(M) of the above process (SD-1) may be implemented based on the inclusion of the bfd-and-RLM parameter in the SCG side settings.
上記の処理(SD-1)の(P)は、上記の処理(SD-1)の(A)から(O)の一部または全部を含んでよい。
(P) of the above treatment (SD-1) may include some or all of (A) to (O) of the above treatment (SD-1).
LTEおよび/またはNRにおいて、SCGの活性状態とは、端末装置が、そのSCGのPSCell(SpCell)において下記の処理(SA-1)の(A)から(O)の一部または全部を実施する状態であってよい。また、SCGの活性状態とは、SCGが活性化されている状態を意味してよい。
In LTE and/or NR, the SCG active state means that the terminal device performs some or all of (A) to (O) of the following processing (SA-1) in the SCG PSCell (SpCell). state. Moreover, the active state of SCG may mean a state in which SCG is activated.
処理(SA-1)
(A)このPSCellでSRSを送信する。
(B)このPSCellのためのCSIを測定する。
(C)このPSCellのためのCSIを報告する。
(D)このPSCellでPUCCHを送信する。
(E)このPSCellでUL-SCHを送信する。
(F)このPSCellでRACHを送信する。
(G)このPSCellのPDCCHをモニタする。
(H)このPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(I)このPSCellにおけるInactive BWPを活性化する。
(J)このPSCellで間欠受信(DRX)を行う。
(K)このPSCellでのUL-SCH送信のための上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(L)このPSCellでBWPが活性化されており、上述のBWPにおいて上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(M)このPSCellで自動増幅制御(Automatic Gain Control:AGC)、ビーム失敗回復を含むビーム失敗検出(Beam Failure Detection:BFD)、および/または無線リンクモニタリング(Radio Link Monitoring:RLM)を行う。
(N)もしあればストアされた設定(stored configuration)に従って、このPSCellに対応付けられている、グラントタイプ1の一部またはすべてのサスペンドされたコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントを(再び)初期化する。
(O)このPSCellを含むTAG(PTAG)に関連付けられたtimeAlignmentTimer(TAT)を維持する。 Treatment (SA-1)
(A) Transmit SRS with this PSCell.
(B) Measure CSI for this PSCell.
(C) Report CSI for this PSCell.
(D) Transmit PUCCH in this PSCell.
(E) Transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell.
(F) Transmit RACH on this PSCell.
(G) Monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell.
(H) Monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(I) Activate the Inactive BWP in this PSCell.
(J) Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
(K) PDCCH for this PSCell addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant for UL-SCH transmission on this PSCell and/or this PSCell monitor the PDCCH for
(L) PDCCH for this PSCell with BWP activated on this PSCell and addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant in said BWP; and / Or monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(M) This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
(N) (re)initialize some or all suspended configured uplink grants ofgrant type 1 associated with this PSCell according to the stored configuration, if any; .
(O) Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
(A)このPSCellでSRSを送信する。
(B)このPSCellのためのCSIを測定する。
(C)このPSCellのためのCSIを報告する。
(D)このPSCellでPUCCHを送信する。
(E)このPSCellでUL-SCHを送信する。
(F)このPSCellでRACHを送信する。
(G)このPSCellのPDCCHをモニタする。
(H)このPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(I)このPSCellにおけるInactive BWPを活性化する。
(J)このPSCellで間欠受信(DRX)を行う。
(K)このPSCellでのUL-SCH送信のための上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(L)このPSCellでBWPが活性化されており、上述のBWPにおいて上りリンクグラントを示すC-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI、および/またはCS-RNTIにアドレスされた、このPSCellのPDCCH、および/またはこのPSCellに対するPDCCHをモニタする。
(M)このPSCellで自動増幅制御(Automatic Gain Control:AGC)、ビーム失敗回復を含むビーム失敗検出(Beam Failure Detection:BFD)、および/または無線リンクモニタリング(Radio Link Monitoring:RLM)を行う。
(N)もしあればストアされた設定(stored configuration)に従って、このPSCellに対応付けられている、グラントタイプ1の一部またはすべてのサスペンドされたコンフィギュアード上りリンクグラントを(再び)初期化する。
(O)このPSCellを含むTAG(PTAG)に関連付けられたtimeAlignmentTimer(TAT)を維持する。 Treatment (SA-1)
(A) Transmit SRS with this PSCell.
(B) Measure CSI for this PSCell.
(C) Report CSI for this PSCell.
(D) Transmit PUCCH in this PSCell.
(E) Transmit UL-SCH on this PSCell.
(F) Transmit RACH on this PSCell.
(G) Monitor the PDCCH of this PSCell.
(H) Monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(I) Activate the Inactive BWP in this PSCell.
(J) Perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in this PSCell.
(K) PDCCH for this PSCell addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant for UL-SCH transmission on this PSCell and/or this PSCell monitor the PDCCH for
(L) PDCCH for this PSCell with BWP activated on this PSCell and addressed to C-RNTI, MCS-C-RNTI and/or CS-RNTI indicating uplink grant in said BWP; and / Or monitor the PDCCH for this PSCell.
(M) This PSCell performs Automatic Gain Control (AGC), Beam Failure Detection (BFD) including beam failure recovery, and/or Radio Link Monitoring (RLM).
(N) (re)initialize some or all suspended configured uplink grants of
(O) Maintain the timeAlignmentTimer (TAT) associated with the TAG (PTAG) containing this PSCell.
LTEおよび/またはNRにおいて、端末装置は、下記条件(SD-2)の(A)から(H)の一部または全部に基づいて、SCGが不活性状態となることを判断してよい。なお、下記条件(SD-2)の(A)から(F)のシグナリングや制御要素は、当該SCGを介して基地局装置から端末装置に通知されてよい。それに加えてまたはそれに代えて、下記条件(SD-2)の(A)から(F)のシグナリングや制御要素は、当該SCG以外のセルグループ(MCG、当該SCG以外のSCG等)を介して基地局装置から端末装置に通知されてよい。
In LTE and/or NR, the terminal device may determine that the SCG is inactive based on some or all of (A) to (H) of the following conditions (SD-2). Note that the signaling and control elements (A) to (F) of the following condition (SD-2) may be notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus via the SCG. Additionally or alternatively, the signaling and control elements in (A) through (F) of the following conditions (SD-2) shall be provided via a cell group other than the SCG (MCG, SCG other than the SCG, etc.). The terminal device may be notified from the station device.
条件(SD-2)
(A)SCGを不活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(B)SCGを不活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(C)PSCellを不活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(D)PSCellを不活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(E)その他のRRCシグナリングの受信
(F)その他のMAC CEの受信
(G)SCGの不活性タイマーの満了
(H)PSCellの不活性タイマーの満了 Conditions (SD-2)
(A) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate SCG (B) Reception of MAC CE instructing to deactivate SCG (C) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate PSCell Reception (D) Reception of MAC CE instructing PSCell to be deactivated (E) Reception of other RRC signaling (F) Reception of other MAC CE (G) Expiration of SCG inactivity timer (H) PSCell expiration of the inactivity timer of
(A)SCGを不活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(B)SCGを不活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(C)PSCellを不活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(D)PSCellを不活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(E)その他のRRCシグナリングの受信
(F)その他のMAC CEの受信
(G)SCGの不活性タイマーの満了
(H)PSCellの不活性タイマーの満了 Conditions (SD-2)
(A) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate SCG (B) Reception of MAC CE instructing to deactivate SCG (C) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to deactivate PSCell Reception (D) Reception of MAC CE instructing PSCell to be deactivated (E) Reception of other RRC signaling (F) Reception of other MAC CE (G) Expiration of SCG inactivity timer (H) PSCell expiration of the inactivity timer of
上記条件(SD-2)の(A)、(C)、(E)のRRCシグナリングは、例えばscg-Stateというパラメータを含んでもよい。scg-StateがRRCシグナリングに含まれる場合は、SCGの不活性化を示し、scg-StateがRRCシグナリングに含まれない場合は、SCGの活性化を示してもよい。また、scg-Stateは、RRC接続再設定メッセージ、RRC再設定メッセージ、および/またはRRC再開メッセージに含まれてよい。また、前記RRCシグナリングは、MNで生成されてよい。また、前記scg-Stateは、SNで生成されるRRCシグナリングに含まれないようにしてもよい。この場合、SNで生成されるRRCシグナリングに対して、scg-StateがRRCシグナリングに含まれるか否かに基づく、SCGの活性化/不活性化の判断を行わないようにしてもよい。
The RRC signaling of (A), (C), and (E) of the above condition (SD-2) may include a parameter called scg-State, for example. If scg-State is included in RRC signaling, it may indicate SCG deactivation, and if scg-State is not included in RRC signaling, it may indicate SCG activation. Also, the scg-State may be included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message, RRC Reconfiguration message, and/or RRC Resume message. Also, the RRC signaling may be generated at the MN. Also, the scg-State may not be included in the RRC signaling generated by the SN. In this case, the SCG activation/deactivation may not be determined based on whether scg-State is included in the RRC signaling generated by the SN.
LTEおよび/またはNRにおいて、端末装置は、下記条件(SA-2)の(A)から(K)の一部または全部に基づいて、SCGが活性状態となることを判断してよい。なお、下記条件(SA-2) の(A)から(F)のシグナリングや制御要素は、当該SCGを介して基地局装置から端末装置に通知されてよい。それに加えてまたはそれに代えて、下記条件(SA-2) の(A)から(F)のシグナリングや制御要素は、当該SCG以外のセルグループ(MCG、当該SCG以外のSCG等)を介して基地局装置から端末装置に通知されてよい。SCGが活性状態となるとは、SCGが不活性状態とならないことであってもよい。
In LTE and/or NR, the terminal device may determine that the SCG is activated based on some or all of (A) to (K) of the following conditions (SA-2). The signaling and control elements (A) to (F) of condition (SA-2) below may be notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus via the SCG. Additionally or alternatively, the signaling and control elements of (A) to (F) of the following condition (SA-2) shall be transmitted to the base via a cell group other than the SCG (MCG, SCG other than the SCG, etc.). The terminal device may be notified from the station device. The SCG being in an active state may also mean that the SCG is not in an inactive state.
条件(SA-2)
(A)SCGを活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(B)SCGを活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(C)PSCellを活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(D)PSCellを活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(E)その他のRRCシグナリングの受信
(F)その他のMAC CEの受信
(G)SCGの不活性タイマー
(H)PSCellの不活性タイマー
(I)MAC SDUが含まれるMAC PDUを送信するためにトリガされたスケジューリングリクエストに起因するランダムアクセス手順の開始
(J)ランダムアクセス手順の開始
(K)スケジューリングリクエストに起因する(言い換えると、MACエンティティ自身が開始した)ランダムアクセス手順の開始 Condition (SA-2)
(A) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate SCG (B) Reception of MAC CE instructing to activate SCG (C) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate PSCell (D) ) Receipt of MAC CE instructing to activate PSCell (E) Reception of other RRC signaling (F) Reception of other MAC CE (G) SCG inactivity timer (H) PSCell inactivity timer (I ) initiation of a random access procedure due to a scheduling request triggered to transmit a MAC PDU containing a MAC SDU; (J) initiation of a random access procedure; (K) due to a scheduling request (in other words, the MAC entity itself initiated) random access procedure
(A)SCGを活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(B)SCGを活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(C)PSCellを活性化するように指示するRRCシグナリングの受信
(D)PSCellを活性化するように指示するMAC CEの受信
(E)その他のRRCシグナリングの受信
(F)その他のMAC CEの受信
(G)SCGの不活性タイマー
(H)PSCellの不活性タイマー
(I)MAC SDUが含まれるMAC PDUを送信するためにトリガされたスケジューリングリクエストに起因するランダムアクセス手順の開始
(J)ランダムアクセス手順の開始
(K)スケジューリングリクエストに起因する(言い換えると、MACエンティティ自身が開始した)ランダムアクセス手順の開始 Condition (SA-2)
(A) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate SCG (B) Reception of MAC CE instructing to activate SCG (C) Reception of RRC signaling instructing to activate PSCell (D) ) Receipt of MAC CE instructing to activate PSCell (E) Reception of other RRC signaling (F) Reception of other MAC CE (G) SCG inactivity timer (H) PSCell inactivity timer (I ) initiation of a random access procedure due to a scheduling request triggered to transmit a MAC PDU containing a MAC SDU; (J) initiation of a random access procedure; (K) due to a scheduling request (in other words, the MAC entity itself initiated) random access procedure
上記条件(SA-2)の(A)、(C)、(E)のRRCシグナリングは、例えばscg-Stateというパラメータが、RRC再設定メッセージ及び/又はRRC再開メッセージに含まれないことであってよい。また、前記RRCシグナリングは、MNで生成されてよい。
The RRC signaling of (A), (C), and (E) of the above conditions (SA-2) is that the parameter scg-State, for example, is not included in the RRC reconfiguration message and/or the RRC restart message. good. Also, the RRC signaling may be generated at the MN.
SCGを不活性化する端末装置は、当該SCGにおいて、下記処理(SD-3)の(A)から(I)の一部または全部を実施してよい。
A terminal device that deactivates an SCG may implement part or all of (A) to (I) of the following process (SD-3) in the SCG.
処理(SD-3)
(A)SCGが不活性化されると考慮(consider)する。
(B)下位レイヤ(MACエンティティ等)にSCGを不活性化するように指示する。
(C)もし端末装置がRRC_CONNECTED状態であって、SCGを不活性化するように指示するシグナリングを受信する前に前記SCGが活性化されていた場合、RRC再設定メッセージ又はRRC接続再設定メッセージを受信する前にSRB3が設定されていて、前記RRC再設定メッセージ又は前記RRC接続再設定メッセージに含まれているいずれかの無線ベアラ設定のためのRRCシグナリング(RadioBearerConfig)に従って前記SRB3が解放(release)されなければ、SDUの破棄の実行を前記SRB3のPDCPエンティティにトリガし、それに加えてまたはそれに代えて、前記SRB3のRLCエンティティを再確立する。
(D)すべてのSCellを不活性化する。
(E)活性状態のSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーのすべてが満了したとみなす。
(F)休眠状態のSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーのすべてが満了したとみなす。
(G)すべてのSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーをスタートまたは再スタートしない。
(H)SCellを活性化させるMAC CEを無視する。例えば、前記処理(AD)において、SCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信して、かつ、SCGを不活性化するように指示されてない(またはSCGの不活性状態でない)場合に、処理(AD-1)を行う。
(I)前記処理(AD-2)を実行する。例えば、前記処理(AD)において、SCGを不活性化するように指示された(またはSCGの不活性状態となった)場合に、処理(AD-2)を行う。 Processing (SD-3)
(A) Consider that SCG is inactivated.
(B) Instruct lower layers (MAC entity, etc.) to deactivate the SCG.
(C) If the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state and the SCG was activated before receiving signaling instructing to deactivate the SCG, send an RRC reconfiguration message or RRC connection reconfiguration message. SRB3 is configured before receiving, and the SRB3 is released according to RRC signaling (RadioBearerConfig) for any radio bearer configuration included in the RRC reconfiguration message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. If not, trigger the PDCP entity of said SRB3 to perform a discard of the SDU and additionally or alternatively re-establish the RLC entity of said SRB3.
(D) Inactivate all SCells.
(E) Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the active SCell to have expired.
(F) Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the dormant SCell to have expired.
(G) Do not start or restart the SCell inactivity timers associated with all SCells.
(H) Ignore MAC CE that activates SCell. For example, in the processing (AD), when receiving MAC CE to activate SCell and not instructed to deactivate SCG (or SCG is not inactive state), processing (AD -1).
(I) Execute the above process (AD-2). For example, when the treatment (AD) instructs to inactivate SCG (or SCG becomes inactive), treatment (AD-2) is performed.
(A)SCGが不活性化されると考慮(consider)する。
(B)下位レイヤ(MACエンティティ等)にSCGを不活性化するように指示する。
(C)もし端末装置がRRC_CONNECTED状態であって、SCGを不活性化するように指示するシグナリングを受信する前に前記SCGが活性化されていた場合、RRC再設定メッセージ又はRRC接続再設定メッセージを受信する前にSRB3が設定されていて、前記RRC再設定メッセージ又は前記RRC接続再設定メッセージに含まれているいずれかの無線ベアラ設定のためのRRCシグナリング(RadioBearerConfig)に従って前記SRB3が解放(release)されなければ、SDUの破棄の実行を前記SRB3のPDCPエンティティにトリガし、それに加えてまたはそれに代えて、前記SRB3のRLCエンティティを再確立する。
(D)すべてのSCellを不活性化する。
(E)活性状態のSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーのすべてが満了したとみなす。
(F)休眠状態のSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーのすべてが満了したとみなす。
(G)すべてのSCellに関連付けられたSCell不活性タイマーをスタートまたは再スタートしない。
(H)SCellを活性化させるMAC CEを無視する。例えば、前記処理(AD)において、SCellを活性化させるMAC CEを受信して、かつ、SCGを不活性化するように指示されてない(またはSCGの不活性状態でない)場合に、処理(AD-1)を行う。
(I)前記処理(AD-2)を実行する。例えば、前記処理(AD)において、SCGを不活性化するように指示された(またはSCGの不活性状態となった)場合に、処理(AD-2)を行う。 Processing (SD-3)
(A) Consider that SCG is inactivated.
(B) Instruct lower layers (MAC entity, etc.) to deactivate the SCG.
(C) If the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state and the SCG was activated before receiving signaling instructing to deactivate the SCG, send an RRC reconfiguration message or RRC connection reconfiguration message. SRB3 is configured before receiving, and the SRB3 is released according to RRC signaling (RadioBearerConfig) for any radio bearer configuration included in the RRC reconfiguration message or the RRC connection reconfiguration message. If not, trigger the PDCP entity of said SRB3 to perform a discard of the SDU and additionally or alternatively re-establish the RLC entity of said SRB3.
(D) Inactivate all SCells.
(E) Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the active SCell to have expired.
(F) Consider all of the SCell inactivity timers associated with the dormant SCell to have expired.
(G) Do not start or restart the SCell inactivity timers associated with all SCells.
(H) Ignore MAC CE that activates SCell. For example, in the processing (AD), when receiving MAC CE to activate SCell and not instructed to deactivate SCG (or SCG is not inactive state), processing (AD -1).
(I) Execute the above process (AD-2). For example, when the treatment (AD) instructs to inactivate SCG (or SCG becomes inactive), treatment (AD-2) is performed.
端末装置のMACエンティティは、上記処理(SD-3)の(B)に基づいて上位レイヤ(RRCエンティティ等)がSCGを不活性化するように前記MACエンティティに指示した場合、前記SCGのすべてのSCellを不活性化し、それに加えてまたはそれに代えて、上記処理(SD-1)に基づいてPSCellを不活性化してよい。
When the MAC entity of the terminal device instructs the MAC entity so that the upper layer (RRC entity, etc.) deactivates the SCG based on (B) of the above process (SD-3), all of the SCG Inactivating SCells may additionally or alternatively inactivate PSCells based on the above treatment (SD-1).
SCGを活性化する端末装置は、当該SCGにおいて、下記処理(SA-3)の(A)から(D)の一部または全部を実施してよい。
A terminal device that activates an SCG may implement part or all of (A) to (D) of the following process (SA-3) in that SCG.
処理(SA-3)
(A)SCGが活性化されるとみなす(considerする)。
(B)もし端末装置がSCGを活性化するように指示するシグナリングを受信する前に不活性状態のSCGが設定されていた場合、下位レイヤ(MACエンティティ等)にSCGを活性化するように指示する。
(C)すべてのSCellを活性化するために、処理(AD-1)を行う。
(D)SCGの活性化をRRCシグナリングに基づいて実行する場合、このRRCシグナリングに、PSCell(SpCell)に対するランダムアクセスに関するパラメータが含まれるなら、通知されたパラメータに基づき、このPSCellにおいてランダムアクセス手順を開始する。 Treatment (SA-3)
(A) SCG is considered to be activated.
(B) If an inactive SCG has been set before the terminal receives signaling to activate the SCG, instruct the lower layer (such as the MAC entity) to activate the SCG. do.
(C) Treatment (AD-1) is performed to activate all SCells.
(D) If SCG activation is performed based on RRC signaling, if this RRC signaling includes parameters related to random access to PSCell (SpCell), based on the notified parameters, the random access procedure in this PSCell Start.
(A)SCGが活性化されるとみなす(considerする)。
(B)もし端末装置がSCGを活性化するように指示するシグナリングを受信する前に不活性状態のSCGが設定されていた場合、下位レイヤ(MACエンティティ等)にSCGを活性化するように指示する。
(C)すべてのSCellを活性化するために、処理(AD-1)を行う。
(D)SCGの活性化をRRCシグナリングに基づいて実行する場合、このRRCシグナリングに、PSCell(SpCell)に対するランダムアクセスに関するパラメータが含まれるなら、通知されたパラメータに基づき、このPSCellにおいてランダムアクセス手順を開始する。 Treatment (SA-3)
(A) SCG is considered to be activated.
(B) If an inactive SCG has been set before the terminal receives signaling to activate the SCG, instruct the lower layer (such as the MAC entity) to activate the SCG. do.
(C) Treatment (AD-1) is performed to activate all SCells.
(D) If SCG activation is performed based on RRC signaling, if this RRC signaling includes parameters related to random access to PSCell (SpCell), based on the notified parameters, the random access procedure in this PSCell Start.
端末装置のMACエンティティは、上記処理(SA-3)の(B)に基づいて上位レイヤ(RRCエンティティ等)がSCGを活性化するように前記MACエンティティに指示した場合、上記処理(SA-1)に基づいてSCGを活性化してよい。
The MAC entity of the terminal device performs the above process (SA-1 ) may activate the SCG.
図9は実施の形態の一例を示す図である。図9において、UE122は、eNB102またはgNB108からSCGを不活性化することを通知するメッセージ(RRCシグナリング、MAC CE等)を受信する(ステップS900)。UE122は、上記通知に基づき、SCGを不活性状態となるように制御する(ステップS902)。また、図9において、UE122は、eNB102またはgNB108からSCGを活性化することを通知するメッセージ(RRCシグナリング、MAC CE等)を受信する(ステップS900)。UE122は、上記通知に基づき、SCGを活性状態となるように制御する(ステップS902)。
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of an embodiment. In FIG. 9, UE 122 receives a message (RRC signaling, MAC CE, etc.) notifying to deactivate SCG from eNB 102 or gNB 108 (step S900). UE 122 controls the SCG to be inactive based on the notification (step S902). Also, in FIG. 9, UE 122 receives a message (RRC signaling, MAC CE, etc.) notifying activation of SCG from eNB 102 or gNB 108 (step S900). UE 122 controls the SCG to be active based on the notification (step S902).
上記の動作により、SCGを不活性化する処理において、UE122の送信部504が当該SCGのセルの状態を不活性状態に変更するためのMAC CEを独立して送信することなく、効率的な状態変更が可能となる。また、SCGの不活性化がRRCシグナリングに基づいて実行される場合、従来では、初期状態の設定はRRC層でおこない、状態変更はMAC層でおこなっていたが、上記の動作により、RRC層の指示とMAC層の指示のミスマッチを回避しつつ効率的にSCGの状態変更を行うことができる。
By the above operation, in the process of deactivating the SCG, the transmission unit 504 of the UE 122 transmits independently the MAC CE for changing the state of the cell of the SCG to the inactive state, efficient state change is possible. Further, when deactivation of SCG is performed based on RRC signaling, conventionally, the initial state is set in the RRC layer, and the state change is performed in the MAC layer. It is possible to efficiently change the state of the SCG while avoiding a mismatch between the instruction and the MAC layer instruction.
条件付き再設定(Conditional Reconfiguration)について説明する。ネットワークは端末装置に対して、一つまたは複数の候補ターゲットSpCell(candidate target SpCell)を設定してよい。各候補ターゲットSpCellのための設定パラメータは、RRCメッセージの条件付き再設定情報要素(ConditionalReconfiguration IE)に含まれて基地局装置から端末装置に通知されてよい。端末装置は設定された各候補ターゲットSpCellに紐づけられた実行条件(associated execution condition)が満たされるか否かを評価する。端末装置は、実行条件を満たす候補ターゲットSpCellのうちの一つに紐づけられた条件付き再設定を適用してよい。
Explain conditional reconfiguration. The network may configure one or more candidate target SpCells for the terminal. Configuration parameters for each candidate target SpCell may be included in a conditional reconfiguration information element (Conditional Reconfiguration IE) of an RRC message and notified from the base station apparatus to the terminal apparatus. The terminal device evaluates whether an execution condition associated with each configured candidate target SpCell is satisfied. The terminal may apply a conditional reconfiguration that is tied to one of the candidate target SpCells that meet the execution conditions.
RRC再設定メッセージに含まれる条件付き再設定情報要素によって、端末装置は、条件付き再設定の実行をトリガするために満たす必要がある実行条件を示す情報(condExecutionCondまたはcondExecutionCondSN)と、その実行条件を満たすときに適用されるRRC再設定メッセージを示す情報(condRRCReconfig)との組が一つ以上設定されてよい。前記condRRCReconfig は、候補ターゲットSpCellにアクセスするための設定パラメータを含むRRCメッセージ(RRC再設定メッセージ)であってよい。また、前記一つ以上の組のそれぞれに紐づけられ、それぞれの組を識別できる識別子(CondReconfigId)が前記条件付き再設定情報要素に含まれてよい。候補ターゲットSpCellがPCellである場合の条件付き再設定を条件付きハンドオーバ(Conditional Handover)とも称する。候補ターゲットSpCellがPSCellである場合の条件付き再設定を条件付きPSCell変更(Conditional PSCell Change)とも称する。
By means of the conditional reconfiguration information element included in the RRC reconfiguration message, the terminal device specifies the execution condition (condExecutionCond or condExecutionCondSN) that must be satisfied to trigger the execution of the conditional reconfiguration and the execution condition. One or more pairs with information (condRRCReconfig) indicating the RRC reconfiguration message to be applied when satisfying may be set. Said condRRCReconfig may be an RRC message (RRC reconfiguration message) containing configuration parameters for accessing candidate target SpCells. Further, the conditional reconfiguration information element may include an identifier (CondReconfigId) that is associated with each of the one or more pairs and that can identify each pair. Conditional reconfiguration when the candidate target SpCell is a PCell is also called Conditional Handover. Conditional resetting when the candidate target SpCell is a PSCell is also called conditional PSCell Change.
なお、現在のSNと同一SNの候補ターゲットSpCellへのPSCellの変更(intra-SN CPC: intra-SN Conditional PSCell Change)が行われる場合であって、PSCellの変更にMNが関与(involvement)しない場合には、前記condRRCReconfigで通知される、実行条件を満たすときに適用されるRRC再設定メッセージは、SNが生成したRRC再設定メッセージであってもよい。
In addition, when a PSCell change (intra-SN CPC: intra-SN Conditional PSCell Change) to a candidate target SpCell with the same SN as the current SN is performed, and the MN is not involved in the PSCell change Alternatively, the RRC reconfiguration message to be applied when the execution condition is satisfied, notified by the condRRCReconfig, may be an RRC reconfiguration message generated by the SN.
また、現在SNが設定されておらず、SNの候補ターゲットSpCellへのPSCellの追加(inter-SN CPA: inter-SN Conditional PSCell Addition)が行われる場合、現在のSNとは異なるSNの候補ターゲットSpCellへのPSCellの変更(inter-SN CPC: inter-SN Conditional PSCell Change)が行われる場合、または、intra-SN CPCが行われ、PSCellの変更にMNが関与する場合には、前記condRRCReconfigで通知される、実行条件を満たすときに適用されるRRC再設定メッセージは、MNが生成したRRC再設定メッセージであってもよい。この場合、候補ターゲットSpCellにアクセスするための設定パラメータは、MNが生成したRRC再設定メッセージの中の情報要素(MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig)に含まれてよい。また、intra-SN CPCが行われる場合であって、PSCellの変更にMNが関与しない場合にも、前記condRRCReconfigで通知される、実行条件を満たすときに適用されるRRC再設定メッセージは、MNが生成したRRC再設定メッセージであってもよい。
Also, if no SN is currently configured and a PSCell addition (inter-SN CPA: inter-SN Conditional PSCell Addition) to the candidate target SpCell of the SN is performed, the candidate target SpCell of the SN different from the current SN When a PSCell change (inter-SN CPC: inter-SN Conditional PSCell Change) is performed, or when intra-SN CPC is performed and the MN is involved in the PSCell change, it is notified by the condRRCReconfig The RRC reconfiguration message applied when the execution condition is satisfied may be the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the MN. In this case, the configuration parameters for accessing the candidate target SpCell may be included in the information element (MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig) in the RRC reconfiguration message generated by the MN. Also, when intra-SN CPC is performed and the MN is not involved in the PSCell change, the RRC reconfiguration message, which is notified by the condRRCReconfig and is applied when the execution condition is satisfied, is sent by the MN to the MN. It may be a generated RRC reconfiguration message.
図5は本実施形態における端末装置(UE122)の構成を示すブロック図である。なお、説明が煩雑になることを避けるために、図5では、本実施形態と密接に関連する主な構成部のみを示す。
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device (UE 122) in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 5 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment.
以上の説明をベースとして、様々な本実施形態を説明する。なお、以下の説明で省略される各処理については上記で説明した各処理が適用されてよい。
Various embodiments of the present invention will be described based on the above description. In addition, each process demonstrated above may be applied about each process abbreviate|omitted by the following description.
図5は本実施形態における端末装置(UE122)の構成を示すブロック図である。なお、説明が煩雑になることを避けるために、図5では、本実施形態と密接に関連する主な構成部のみを示す。
FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the terminal device (UE 122) in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 5 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment.
図5に示すUE122は、基地局装置より制御情報(DCI、MAC CE、RRCシグナリング等)を受信する受信部500、及び受信した制御情報に含まれるパラメータ)に従って処理を行う処理部502、および基地局装置に制御情報(UCI、MAC CE、RRCシグナリング等)を送信する送信部504、から成る。上述の基地局装置とは、eNB102であってよいし、gNB108であってよい。また、処理部502には様々な層(例えば、物理層、MAC層、RLC層、PDCP層、SDAP層、RRC層、およびNAS層)の機能の一部または全部が含まれてよい。すなわち、処理部502には、物理層処理部、MAC層処理部、RLC層処理部、PDCP層処理部、SDAP処理部、RRC層処理部、およびNAS層処理部の一部または全てが含まれてよい。
UE 122 shown in FIG. 5 includes a receiving unit 500 that receives control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) from the base station apparatus, a processing unit 502 that performs processing according to the parameters included in the received control information, and a base station. It consists of a transmission section 504 that transmits control information (UCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) to the station equipment. The base station apparatus described above may be eNB 102 or gNB 108 . Also, processing unit 502 may include some or all of the functionality of various layers (eg, physical layer, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, SDAP layer, RRC layer, and NAS layer). That is, the processing unit 502 includes part or all of the physical layer processing unit, MAC layer processing unit, RLC layer processing unit, PDCP layer processing unit, SDAP processing unit, RRC layer processing unit, and NAS layer processing unit. you can
図6は本実施形態における基地局装置の構成を示すブロック図である。なお、説明が煩雑になることを避けるために、図6では、本実施形態と密接に関連する主な構成部のみを示す。上述の基地局装置とは、eNB102であってよいし、gNB108であってよい。
FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the base station apparatus in this embodiment. In order to avoid complicating the description, FIG. 6 shows only main components closely related to the present embodiment. The base station apparatus described above may be eNB 102 or gNB 108 .
図6に示す基地局装置は、UE122へ制御情報(DCI、MAC CE、RRCシグナリング等)を送信する送信部600、制御情報(DCI、MAC CE、RRCシグナリング等)を作成し、UE122に送信することにより、UE122の処理部502に処理を行わせる処理部602、およびUE122から制御情報(UCI、MAC CE、RRCシグナリング等)を受信する受信部604から成る。また、処理部602には様々な層(例えば、物理層、MAC層、RLC層、PDCP層、SDAP層、RRC層、およびNAS層)の機能の一部または全部が含まれてよい。すなわち、処理部602には、物理層処理部、MAC層処理部、RLC層処理部、PDCP層処理部、SDAP処理部、RRC層処理部、およびNAS層処理部の一部または全部が含まれてよい。
The base station apparatus shown in FIG. 6 creates a transmission unit 600 that transmits control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) to UE 122, and creates control information (DCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) and transmits it to UE 122. Thus, it consists of a processing unit 602 that causes the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 to perform processing, and a receiving unit 604 that receives control information (UCI, MAC CE, RRC signaling, etc.) from the UE 122 . Also, processing unit 602 may include some or all of the functionality of various layers (eg, physical layer, MAC layer, RLC layer, PDCP layer, SDAP layer, RRC layer, and NAS layer). That is, the processing unit 602 includes part or all of the physical layer processing unit, MAC layer processing unit, RLC layer processing unit, PDCP layer processing unit, SDAP processing unit, RRC layer processing unit, and NAS layer processing unit. you can
図10を用いて本実施形態における、端末装置の処理の一例を説明する。
An example of the processing of the terminal device in this embodiment will be described using FIG.
図10は本実施形態における、端末装置の条件付き再設定に関する処理の一例を示す図である。UE122の処理部502は、設定されているそれぞれの候補ターゲットSpCellに対する、条件付き再設定の実行をトリガするための実行条件が満たされているかを判断する(ステップS1000)。実行条件が満たされたセルをトリガードセル(triggered cell)とも称する。UE122の処理部502は、トリガードセルが一つ以上ある場合は、その中から一つのセルを選択し、選択したセルのcondRRCReconfig(RRC再設定メッセージ)を適用する(ステップS1002)。
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of processing related to conditional resetting of the terminal device in this embodiment. The processing unit 502 of the UE 122 determines whether an execution condition for triggering execution of conditional reconfiguration is satisfied for each configured candidate target SpCell (step S1000). A cell whose execution condition is satisfied is also called a triggered cell. If there are one or more triggered cells, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 selects one cell from among them and applies condRRCReconfig (RRC reconfiguration message) of the selected cell (step S1002).
図11は本実施形態における、RRC再設定に関する処理の一例を示す図である。UE122の処理部502は、eNB102、および/またはgNB108からRRC再設定メッセージを受信したこと、および/または条件付き再設定が実行されること(condRRCReconfig(RRC再設定メッセージ)が適用されること)に基づき、RRC再設定メッセージを用いたRRC再設定を行う(ステップS1100)。UE122の処理部502は、RRC再設定完了メッセージを生成して、UE122の送信部504がeNB102、および/またはgNB108にRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する(ステップS1102)。
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of processing related to RRC resetting in this embodiment. Processing unit 502 of UE 122 receives an RRC reconfiguration message from eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 and/or performs conditional reconfiguration (condRRCReconfig (RRC reconfiguration message) is applied). Based on this, RRC reconfiguration using the RRC reconfiguration message is performed (step S1100). The processing unit 502 of the UE 122 generates an RRC reconfiguration complete message, and the transmitting unit 504 of the UE 122 transmits the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the eNB 102 and/or gNB 108 (step S1102).
ステップS1100において、UE122の処理部502は、RRC再設定メッセージが(A)SRB3経由で受信されたもの、(B)mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup情報要素に含まれて受信されたもの、の何れでもないことに基づいて、RRC再設定情報に情報(例えばscg-State)が含まれるか否かに基づくSCGを活性化するか不活性化するかの判断を実施してよい。換言すれば、UE122の処理部502は、適用されるRRC再設定メッセージが(A)SRB3経由で受信されたもの、(B)mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup情報要素に含まれて受信されたもの、の何れかであることに基づいて、RRC再設定情報に情報(例えばscg-State)が含まれるか否かに基づくSCGを活性化するか不活性化するかの判断を実施しなくてよい。
In step S1100, processing section 502 of UE 122 determines that the RRC reconfiguration message is neither (A) received via SRB3 nor (B) received included in the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup information element. Based on this, a decision to activate or deactivate the SCG based on whether information (eg, scg-State) is included in the RRC reconfiguration information may be made. In other words, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 determines whether the applicable RRC reconfiguration message is (A) received via SRB3 or (B) received included in the mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup information element. , the decision to activate or deactivate the SCG based on whether information (eg, scg-State) is included in the RRC reconfiguration information may not be performed.
ステップS1102において、UE122の処理部502は、下記の処理SCRを実施してよい。
At step S1102, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 may perform the following process SCR.
(処理SCR)
(1)もしRRC再設定メッセージがMRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素を含み、SCGがNRであったなら、UE122の処理部502は、RRC再設定完了メッセージに含まれるSCGに対する返信のための情報要素(nr-SCG-Response情報要素)に、SNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを含める。また、このとき、このRRC再設定メッセージが条件付き再設定の実行によって適用されたなら、条件付き再設定で選択されたセルのcondReconfigIdをMNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージおよび/またはSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めてよい。
(2)そうではなく、もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB3を介して受信したものであり、さらにMCGリンクリカバリーのためのメッセージ(DLInformationTransferMRDC)に含まれたものでなかったなら、または、もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB1を介して受信したものであり、MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素が含まれたものであり、さらにSCGがNRであったなら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(2-A)を実施してよい。
(2-A)もし、このRRC再設定メッセージが条件付き再設定の実行によって適用されたなら、UE122の処理部502は、条件付き再設定で選択されたセルのcondReconfigIdをSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージおよび/またはMNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めてよい。なお、UE122の処理部502は、SCGが不活性状態である場合にのみcondReconfigIdをRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めるようにしてもよい。なお、RRC再設定完了メッセージに含めるcondReconfigIdは、選択されたセルを識別するための他の情報(例えば物理セル識別子、SSB周波数、および/またはSSBサブキャリア間隔などの情報)であってもよい。 (Processing SCR)
(1) If the RRC reconfiguration message includes the MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element and the SCG is NR, processingsection 502 of UE 122 uses the information element (nr -SCG-Response information element) contains the RRC reconfiguration complete message for the SN. Also, at this time, if this RRC reconfiguration message is applied by performing conditional reconfiguration, the condReconfigId of the cell selected in the conditional reconfiguration is sent to the RRC reconfiguration complete message for the MN and/or the RRC reconfiguration for the SN. May be included in the completion message.
(2) otherwise, if the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 and was not included in the message for MCG link recovery (DLInformationTransferMRDC), or if RRC reconfiguration If the message is received via SRB1, contains the MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element, and the SCG is NR, processingsection 502 of UE 122 performs the following (2-A). you can
(2-A) If this RRC reconfiguration message is applied by performing conditional reconfiguration,processing section 502 of UE 122 sets condReconfigId of the cell selected in conditional reconfiguration to RRC reconfiguration completion for SN. message and/or RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to MN. Note that the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 may include the condReconfigId in the RRC reconfiguration complete message only when the SCG is inactive. Note that the condReconfigId included in the RRC reconfiguration complete message may be other information for identifying the selected cell (for example, information such as physical cell identifier, SSB frequency, and/or SSB subcarrier spacing).
(1)もしRRC再設定メッセージがMRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素を含み、SCGがNRであったなら、UE122の処理部502は、RRC再設定完了メッセージに含まれるSCGに対する返信のための情報要素(nr-SCG-Response情報要素)に、SNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを含める。また、このとき、このRRC再設定メッセージが条件付き再設定の実行によって適用されたなら、条件付き再設定で選択されたセルのcondReconfigIdをMNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージおよび/またはSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めてよい。
(2)そうではなく、もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB3を介して受信したものであり、さらにMCGリンクリカバリーのためのメッセージ(DLInformationTransferMRDC)に含まれたものでなかったなら、または、もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB1を介して受信したものであり、MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig情報要素が含まれたものであり、さらにSCGがNRであったなら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(2-A)を実施してよい。
(2-A)もし、このRRC再設定メッセージが条件付き再設定の実行によって適用されたなら、UE122の処理部502は、条件付き再設定で選択されたセルのcondReconfigIdをSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージおよび/またはMNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めてよい。なお、UE122の処理部502は、SCGが不活性状態である場合にのみcondReconfigIdをRRC再設定完了メッセージに含めるようにしてもよい。なお、RRC再設定完了メッセージに含めるcondReconfigIdは、選択されたセルを識別するための他の情報(例えば物理セル識別子、SSB周波数、および/またはSSBサブキャリア間隔などの情報)であってもよい。 (Processing SCR)
(1) If the RRC reconfiguration message includes the MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element and the SCG is NR, processing
(2) otherwise, if the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 and was not included in the message for MCG link recovery (DLInformationTransferMRDC), or if RRC reconfiguration If the message is received via SRB1, contains the MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig information element, and the SCG is NR, processing
(2-A) If this RRC reconfiguration message is applied by performing conditional reconfiguration,
ステップS1102において、RRC再設定完了メッセージを生成したUE122の処理部502は、下記の処理SRを実施してよい。
In step S1102, the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 that generated the RRC reset completion message may perform the following process SR.
(処理SR)
(1)もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB3を介して受信したものであり、さらにMCGリンクリカバリーのためのメッセージ(DLInformationTransferMRDC)に含まれたものでなかったなら、もし、SCGが不活性状態でない(活性状態である)なら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(1-A)を実行し、SCGが活性状態でない(不活性状態である)なら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(1-B)を実行する。
(1-A) SRB3を介してRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信するために、UE122の処理部502は、RRCレイヤの下位レイヤにRRC再設定完了メッセージを提出(submit)する。前記下位レイヤは例えばUE122のPDCPレイヤであってよい。
(1-B) MCG(SRB1)を介してSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信するために、UE122の処理部502は、MR-DC専用情報(MR-DC dedicated information)の上りリンク転送のために用いられるメッセージ(ULInformationTransferMRDCメッセージ)に、RRC再設定完了メッセージを埋め込み、RRCレイヤの下位レイヤにULInformationTransferMRDCメッセージを提出(submit)する。前記下位レイヤは例えばUE122のPDCPレイヤであってよい。 (Processing SR)
(1) If the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 and was not included in the message for MCG link recovery (DLInformationTransferMRDC), if the SCG is not inactive (active state), theprocessing unit 502 of the UE 122 executes the following (1-A), and if the SCG is not in an active state (is in an inactive state), the processing unit 502 of the UE 122 executes the following (1-B) to run.
(1-A) In order to transmit the RRC reconfiguration complete message via SRB3, processingsection 502 of UE 122 submits the RRC reconfiguration complete message to the lower layer of the RRC layer. The lower layer may be the PDCP layer of UE 122, for example.
(1-B) In order to transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete message to SN via MCG (SRB1),processing section 502 of UE 122 is configured for uplink transfer of MR-DC dedicated information. The RRC reconfiguration complete message is embedded in the message (ULInformationTransferMRDC message) used for the RRC layer, and the ULInformationTransferMRDC message is submitted to the lower layer of the RRC layer. The lower layer may be the PDCP layer of UE 122, for example.
(1)もしRRC再設定メッセージがSRB3を介して受信したものであり、さらにMCGリンクリカバリーのためのメッセージ(DLInformationTransferMRDC)に含まれたものでなかったなら、もし、SCGが不活性状態でない(活性状態である)なら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(1-A)を実行し、SCGが活性状態でない(不活性状態である)なら、UE122の処理部502は、下記(1-B)を実行する。
(1-A) SRB3を介してRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信するために、UE122の処理部502は、RRCレイヤの下位レイヤにRRC再設定完了メッセージを提出(submit)する。前記下位レイヤは例えばUE122のPDCPレイヤであってよい。
(1-B) MCG(SRB1)を介してSNに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信するために、UE122の処理部502は、MR-DC専用情報(MR-DC dedicated information)の上りリンク転送のために用いられるメッセージ(ULInformationTransferMRDCメッセージ)に、RRC再設定完了メッセージを埋め込み、RRCレイヤの下位レイヤにULInformationTransferMRDCメッセージを提出(submit)する。前記下位レイヤは例えばUE122のPDCPレイヤであってよい。 (Processing SR)
(1) If the RRC reconfiguration message was received via SRB3 and was not included in the message for MCG link recovery (DLInformationTransferMRDC), if the SCG is not inactive (active state), the
(1-A) In order to transmit the RRC reconfiguration complete message via SRB3, processing
(1-B) In order to transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete message to SN via MCG (SRB1),
前述のRRC再設定メッセージは、RRC接続再設定メッセージであってもよいし、他のRRCシグナリングであってもよい。また、前述のRRC再設定完了メッセージは、RRC接続再設定完了メッセージであってもよいし、他のRRCシグナリングであってもよい。
The aforementioned RRC reconfiguration message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration message or other RRC signaling. Also, the aforementioned RRC reconfiguration complete message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration complete message, or may be other RRC signaling.
このように、本実施形態では、条件付き再設定を実行したときにSCGが不活性状態である場合においてSNに対して必要な情報を適切なSRBを用いて送信することができる。
Thus, in this embodiment, when the SCG is in an inactive state when conditional reconfiguration is executed, necessary information can be transmitted to the SN using an appropriate SRB.
上記説明における無線ベアラとは、特に明記しない限り、DRBであってよいし、SRBであってよいし、DRB及びSRBであってよい。
Unless otherwise specified, the radio bearer in the above description may be DRB, SRB, or both DRB and SRB.
また上記説明において、「通知される」、「指摘を受ける」等の表現は、互いに換言されてもよい。
Also, in the above description, expressions such as "notified" and "receiving indication" may be replaced with each other.
また上記説明において、「紐づける」、「対応付ける」、「関連付ける」等の表現は、互いに換言されてもよい。
Also, in the above description, expressions such as "associate", "associate", and "associate" may be replaced with each other.
また上記説明において、「含まれる」、「含まれている」、「含まれていた」等の表現は、互いに換言されてもよい。
Also, in the above description, expressions such as "included", "contained", and "was included" may be exchanged for each other.
また上記説明において、「前記~」を「上述の~」と言い換えてよい。
Also, in the above explanation, "the above-mentioned" may be replaced with "the above-mentioned".
また上記説明において、「SCGのSpCell」を「PSCell」と言い換えてよい。
Also, in the above explanation, "SCG SpCell" may be replaced with "PSCell".
また上記説明において、「~と確定した」、「~が設定されている」、「~が含まれる」等の表現は、互いに換言されてもよい。
Also, in the above description, expressions such as "determined as", "set with", and "including" may be exchanged for each other.
上記説明において、「休眠状態」を「不活性状態」と言い換えてよいし、「休眠状態から復帰した状態」を「活性状態」と言い換えてもよい。また上記説明において、「活性化」、「不活性化」をそれぞれ「活性状態」、「不活性状態」と言い換えてもよい。
In the above description, the "dormant state" may be replaced with the "inactive state", and the "state recovered from the dormant state" may be replaced with the "active state". In the above description, "activation" and "inactivation" may be replaced with "active state" and "inactive state", respectively.
上記説明において、「XからYに遷移する」を「XからYとなる」と言い換えてよい。また上記説明において、「遷移させる」を「遷移を決定する」と言い換えてよい。
In the above explanation, "transition from X to Y" can be rephrased as "transition from X to Y". Moreover, in the above description, "make a transition" may be rephrased as "determine a transition".
また上記説明における各処理の例、又は各処理のフローの例において、ステップの一部または全ては実行されなくてもよい。また上記説明における各処理の例、又は各処理のフローの例において、ステップの順番は異なってもよい。また上記説明における各処理の例、又は各処理のフローの例において、各ステップ内の一部または全ての処理は実行されなくてもよい。また上記説明における各処理の例、又は各処理のフローの例において、各ステップ内の処理の順番は異なってもよい。また上記説明において「Aである事に基づいてBを行う」は、「Bを行う」と言い換えられてもよい。即ち「Bを行う」事は「Aである事」と独立して実行されてもよい。
Also, in the example of each process or the example of the flow of each process in the above description, some or all of the steps may not be executed. In addition, the order of the steps may be different in the example of each process or the example of the flow of each process in the above description. In addition, in the examples of each process or the example of the flow of each process in the above description, some or all of the processes in each step may not be executed. Further, in the example of each process or the example of the flow of each process in the above description, the order of the processes in each step may be different. Also, in the above description, "perform B based on A" may be rephrased as "perform B." That is, "doing B" may be performed independently of "being A".
なお、上記説明において、「AをBと言い換えてよい」は、AをBと言い換えることに加え、BをAと言い換える意味も含んでよい。また上記説明において、「CはDであってよい」と「CはEであってよい」とが記載されている場合には、「DはEであってよい」事を含んでもよい。また上記説明において、「FはGであってよい」と「GはHであってよい」とが記載されている場合には、「FはHであってよい」事を含んでもよい。
In addition, in the above explanation, "A may be rephrased as B" may include the meaning of rephrasing B as A in addition to rephrasing A as B. In addition, in the above description, when "C may be D" and "C may be E" are stated, "D may be E" may be included. In addition, in the above description, when "F may be G" and "G may be H" may include "F may be H".
また上記説明において、「A」という条件と、「B」という条件が、相反する条件の場合には、「B」という条件は、「A」という条件の「その他」の条件として表現されてもよい。
Also, in the above explanation, if the condition "A" and the condition "B" are contradictory conditions, the condition "B" may be expressed as the "other" condition of the condition "A". good.
本実施形態に関わる装置で動作するプログラムは、本実施形態の機能を実現するように、Central Processing Unit(CPU)等を制御してコンピュータを機能させるプログラムであってもよい。プログラムあるいはプログラムによって取り扱われる情報は、処理時に一時的にRandom Access Memory(RAM)などの揮発性メモリに読み込まれ、あるいはフラッシュメモリなどの不揮発性メモリやHard Disk Drive(HDD)に格納され、必要に応じてCPUによって読み出し、修正・書き込みが行なわれる。
The program that runs on the device related to this embodiment may be a program that controls the Central Processing Unit (CPU) and the like to make the computer function so as to realize the functions of this embodiment. The program or information handled by the program is temporarily read into volatile memory such as Random Access Memory (RAM) during processing, or stored in non-volatile memory such as flash memory or Hard Disk Drive (HDD), and The CPU reads, modifies, and writes accordingly.
なお、上述した実施形態における装置の一部、をコンピュータで実現するようにしてもよい。その場合、この制御機能を実現するためのプログラムは、コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体に記録して、この記録媒体に記録されたプログラムをコンピュータシステムに読み込ませ、実行することによって実現されてもよい。ここでいう「コンピュータシステム」とは、装置に内蔵されたコンピュータシステムであって、オペレーティングシステムや周辺機器等のハードウェアを含むものとする。また、「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、半導体記録媒体、光記録媒体、磁気記録媒体等のいずれであってもよい。
It should be noted that part of the devices in the above-described embodiments may be realized by a computer. In that case, the program for realizing this control function may be recorded in a computer-readable recording medium, and the program recorded in this recording medium may be read into a computer system and executed. . The "computer system" here is a computer system built into the device, and includes hardware such as an operating system and peripheral devices. Further, the "computer-readable recording medium" may be any of a semiconductor recording medium, an optical recording medium, a magnetic recording medium, and the like.
さらに「コンピュータが読み取り可能な記録媒体」とは、インターネット等のネットワークや電話回線等の通信回線を介してプログラムを送信する場合の通信線のように、短時間、動的にプログラムを保持するもの、その場合のサーバやクライアントとなるコンピュ-タシステム内部の揮発性メモリのように、一定時間プログラムを保持しているものも含んでもよい。また上記プログラムは、前述した機能の一部を実現するためのものであってもよく、さらに前述した機能をコンピュ-タシステムにすでに記録されているプログラムとの組み合わせで実現できるものであってもよい。
In addition, "computer-readable recording medium" means a medium that dynamically stores programs for a short period of time, such as a communication line for transmitting a program via a network such as the Internet or a communication line such as a telephone line. , it may also include something that holds the program for a certain period of time, such as a volatile memory inside a computer system that serves as a server or client in that case. Further, the program may be for realizing a part of the functions described above, or may be capable of realizing the functions described above in combination with a program already recorded in the computer system. .
また、上述した実施形態に用いた装置の各機能ブロック、または諸特徴は、電気回路、すなわち典型的には集積回路あるいは複数の集積回路で実装または実行され得る。本明細書で述べられた機能を実行するように設計された電気回路は、汎用用途プロセッサ、デジタルシグナルプロセッサ(DSP)、特定用途向け集積回路(ASIC)、フィールドプログラマブルゲートアレイ(FPGA)、またはその他のプログラマブル論理デバイス、ディスクリートゲートまたはトランジスタロジック、ディスクリートハードウェア部品、またはこれらを組み合わせたものを含んでよい。汎用用途プロセッサは、マイクロプロセッサであってもよいし、代わりにプロセッサは従来型のプロセッサ、コントローラ、マイクロコントローラ、またはステートマシンであってもよい。汎用用途プロセッサ、または前述した各回路は、デジタル回路で構成されていてもよいし、アナログ回路で構成されていてもよい。また、半導体技術の進歩により現在の集積回路に代替する集積回路化の技術が出現した場合、当該技術による集積回路を用いることも可能である。
Also, each functional block or feature of the apparatus used in the embodiments described above may be implemented or performed in an electrical circuit, typically an integrated circuit or multiple integrated circuits. Electrical circuits designed to perform the functions described herein may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or combinations thereof. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The general-purpose processor or each circuit described above may be composed of digital circuits or may be composed of analog circuits. In addition, when an integrated circuit technology that replaces current integrated circuits emerges due to advances in semiconductor technology, it is also possible to use integrated circuits based on this technology.
なお、本実施形態は上述の実施形態に限定されるものではない。実施形態では、装置の一例を記載したが、本実施形態は、これに限定されるものではなく、屋内外に設置される据え置き型、または非可動型の電子機器、たとえば、AV機器、キッチン機器、掃除・洗濯機器、空調機器、オフィス機器、自動販売機、その他生活機器などの端末装置もしくは通信装置に適用出来る。
Note that this embodiment is not limited to the embodiment described above. In the embodiment, an example of the device was described, but the present embodiment is not limited to this, and is a stationary or non-movable electronic device installed indoors or outdoors, such as AV equipment, kitchen equipment , cleaning/washing equipment, air-conditioning equipment, office equipment, vending machines, other household equipment, and other terminal equipment or communication equipment.
以上、この実施形態に関して、図面を参照して詳述してきたが、具体的な構成はこの実施形態に限られるものではなく、この実施形態の要旨を逸脱しない範囲の設計変更等も含まれる。また、本実施形態は、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本実施形態の技術的範囲に含まれる。また、上記実施形態に記載された要素であり、同様の効果を奏する要素同士を置換した構成も含まれる。
Although this embodiment has been described in detail with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to this embodiment, and design changes, etc. within the scope of this embodiment are also included. In addition, the present embodiment can be modified in various ways within the scope of the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments are also within the technical scope of the present embodiment. include. Further, it also includes a configuration in which the elements described in the above embodiments are replaced with the elements having the same effect.
本発明の一態様は、例えば、通信システム、通信機器(例えば、携帯電話装置、基地局装置、無線LAN装置、或いはセンサーデバイス)、集積回路(例えば、通信チップ)、又はプログラム等において、利用することができる。
One aspect of the present invention is, for example, a communication system, a communication device (e.g., a mobile phone device, a base station device, a wireless LAN device, or a sensor device), an integrated circuit (e.g., a communication chip), or a program, etc. be able to.
100 E-UTRA
102 eNB
104 EPC
106 NR
108 gNB
110 5GC
112、114、116、118、120、124 インタフェース
122 UE
200、300 PHY
202、302 MAC
204、304 RLC
206、306 PDCP
208、308 RRC
310 SDAP
210、312 NAS
500、604 受信部
502、602 処理部
504、600 送信部 100 E-UTRA
102 eNB
104 EPCs
106NR
108 gNB
110 5GC
112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 124 interfaces
122 UEs
200, 300 PHYs
202, 302 MACs
204, 304 RLC
206, 306 PDCP
208, 308 RRC
310 SDAP
210, 312 NAS
500, 604 receiver
502, 602 processor
504, 600 transmitter
102 eNB
104 EPC
106 NR
108 gNB
110 5GC
112、114、116、118、120、124 インタフェース
122 UE
200、300 PHY
202、302 MAC
204、304 RLC
206、306 PDCP
208、308 RRC
310 SDAP
210、312 NAS
500、604 受信部
502、602 処理部
504、600 送信部 100 E-UTRA
102 eNB
104 EPCs
106NR
108 gNB
110 5GC
112, 114, 116, 118, 120, 124 interfaces
122 UEs
200, 300 PHYs
202, 302 MACs
204, 304 RLC
206, 306 PDCP
208, 308 RRC
310 SDAP
210, 312 NAS
500, 604 receiver
502, 602 processor
504, 600 transmitter
Claims (3)
- 端末装置であって、
RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信する受信部と、
前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行う処理部とを備え、
前記処理部は、
前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する
端末装置。 A terminal device,
a receiver for receiving an RRC reconfiguration message and/or RRC signaling encapsulating said RRC reconfiguration message;
A processing unit that performs settings based on the RRC reconfiguration message,
The processing unit is
The RRC reconfiguration message is received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3), is not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery, and secondary cell group (SCG) is If inactive, the terminal sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1. - 端末装置に適用される方法であって、
RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信するステップと、
前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行うステップとを備え、
前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する
方法。 A method applied to a terminal device, comprising:
receiving an RRC reconfiguration message and/or RRC signaling encapsulating said RRC reconfiguration message;
performing configuration based on the RRC reconfiguration message;
The RRC reconfiguration message is received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3), is not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery, and secondary cell group (SCG) is If inactive, how to send an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the secondary node via SRB1. - 端末装置に実装される集積回路であって、
RRC再設定メッセージおよび/または前記RRC再設定メッセージを内包するRRCシグナリングを受信する機能と、
前記RRC再設定メッセージに基づく設定を行う機能とを前記端末装置に発揮させ、
前記RRC再設定メッセージがSRB3(signaling radio bearer 3)を介して受信されたものであり、マスターセルグループ(MCG)リンクリカバリーのためのメッセージに含まれたものでなく、セカンダリセルグループ(SCG)が不活性状態であるなら、SRB1を介してセカンダリノードに対するRRC再設定完了メッセージを送信する
集積回路。 An integrated circuit mounted in a terminal device,
the ability to receive an RRC reconfiguration message and/or RRC signaling encapsulating said RRC reconfiguration message;
causing the terminal device to exhibit a function of performing configuration based on the RRC reconfiguration message;
The RRC reconfiguration message is received via SRB3 (signaling radio bearer 3), is not included in a message for master cell group (MCG) link recovery, and secondary cell group (SCG) is If inactive, send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary node via SRB1 Integrated circuit.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2023572496A JPWO2023132370A1 (en) | 2022-01-07 | 2023-01-06 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022001447 | 2022-01-07 | ||
JP2022-001447 | 2022-01-07 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023132370A1 true WO2023132370A1 (en) | 2023-07-13 |
Family
ID=87073796
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2023/000226 WO2023132370A1 (en) | 2022-01-07 | 2023-01-06 | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2023132370A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023132370A1 (en) |
-
2023
- 2023-01-06 WO PCT/JP2023/000226 patent/WO2023132370A1/en unknown
- 2023-01-06 JP JP2023572496A patent/JPWO2023132370A1/ja active Pending
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
OPPO: "Discussion on SCG deactivation and activation", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2100136, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20210125 - 20210205, 15 January 2021 (2021-01-15), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051973352 * |
ZTE: "Discussion on SCG deactivation and activation", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-205990, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Online; 20201102 - 20201112, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051945581 * |
ZTE: "Draft CR37340 for SCG deactivation and activation", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-205991, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Online; 20201102 - 20201112, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051945582 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2023132370A1 (en) | 2023-07-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2022071234A1 (en) | Terminal device, communication method, and base station device | |
WO2022080419A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2022080306A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2022085663A1 (en) | Method and integrated circuit | |
WO2023132370A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023136231A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023100981A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023042747A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023042752A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023013292A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023112792A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023112531A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023063342A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023063345A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023153410A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
US12075510B2 (en) | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and method | |
WO2023204307A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023189963A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023106315A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023189798A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and method | |
WO2023008043A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2024096097A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2023243571A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2024171627A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit | |
WO2024009884A1 (en) | Terminal device, method, and integrated circuit |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23737318 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2023572496 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |